JP5779617B2 - Amusement stand - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a game machine represented by a pachinko machine or the like.

  In recent years, a game table having various effects has been proposed for the purpose of enhancing the interest of the game (Patent Document 1). In recent years, a game stand has been proposed that improves the interest of the game by continuously producing effects across a plurality of symbol variations (Patent Document 2).

JP 2008-200302 A JP 2009-254495 A

  Among various effects, it is desired to improve the interest of the effects using operation means that can be operated by the player. In addition, there is a demand for a production that can further enhance interest with the diversification of production.

  The objective of this invention is providing the game stand which can provide the improvement of interest.

The above purpose is
A first display means symbol variation display possible execution,
A second display means display a plurality of types of held icons that can run,
A plurality of types of read-ahead notice and executable read-ahead notice means,
Multiple types of production modes,
A game machine equipped with
The plurality of types of read-ahead notice includes a first look-ahead warning,
The plurality of types of read-ahead notice includes a second look-ahead warning,
It said second display means is broadcast knowledge possible means the number of holding about execution of the symbol variation display,
Said second display means is broadcast knowledge possible means the number of the pending by the number of the held icon to be displayed,
The plurality of types of holding icons comprises a first holding icon,
The plurality of types of holding icons comprises a second pending icons,
Said second hold icon, and the second look-ahead warning are held icon that appears,
The plurality of types of effect mode includes the first effect mode,
The plurality of types of effect mode includes a second presentation mode,
The second effect mode is a presentation mode which is executed by said first look-ahead warning,
It said prefetch notice means, when there is established a first condition is the first of the first look-ahead warning final Ryosuru means that was running on the effect mode,
The first condition is a condition that may be satisfied by changing from the first effect mode to the second effect mode during execution of the first prefetch notice and the second prefetch notice. is there,
This is achieved by a game stand characterized by that.

According to the present invention, it is possible to preferentially notify the change of the production mode, and it is possible to give an improvement of interest.
In addition, according to the present invention, it is possible to improve the interest by performing a plurality of pre-reading notices, and to notify the player of the prefetching notices in an easy-to-understand manner by restricting any prefetching notices when a predetermined condition is established. it can.

It is the external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention from the front side (player side). It is the external view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention from the back side. 1 is a schematic front view of a game board 200 of a pachinko machine 100 according to a first embodiment of the present invention as viewed from the front. It is a circuit block diagram of a control part of pachinko machine 100 by a 1st embodiment of the present invention. It is an example of the display pattern in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows an example of the stop display design of a special figure, (b) shows an example of a decoration design, ( (c) is a figure which shows an example of the usual stop display symbol. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the main control part main process of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the main control part timer interruption process of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 1st sub control part of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows the flow of a 1st sub control part main process, (b) is. The flow of the 1st sub control part command reception interruption processing is shown, (c) shows the flow of the 1st sub control part timer interruption processing, and (d) shows the flow of the 1st sub control part image processing. . It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 2nd sub control part of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows the flow of the 2nd sub control part main process, (b) is. The flow of the second sub control unit command reception interrupt process is shown, and (c) shows the flow of the second sub control unit timer interrupt process. It is a figure which shows the data table memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main-control part 300 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows an example of the determination table used at the time of high probability, (B) shows an example of the success / failure determination table used at the low probability, and (c) shows an example of the special figure determination table. It is a figure which shows the special figure 1 fluctuation | variation display time determination table memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main-control part 300 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the special figure 2 fluctuation | variation display time determination table memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main-control part 300 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the normal common notice table memorize | stored in ROM406 of the 1st sub control part 400 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the button notice table memorize | stored in ROM406 of the 1st sub control part 400 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the prefetch notice table memorize | stored in ROM406 of the 1st sub control part 400 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart (the 1) which shows the flow of the special figure prefetch process in the main control part main process of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart (the 2) which shows the flow of the special figure prefetch process in the main control part main process of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the 1st sub control part pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning in the 1st sub control part of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart (the 1) which shows the flow of the 1st sub control part notice execution process at the time of the start of the special figure variable game in the 1st sub control part of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart (the 2) which shows the flow of the 1st sub control part notice execution process at the time of the start of the special figure variable game in the 1st sub control part of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the button effect process 1 in the 1st sub control part notice execution process at the time of the start of the special figure variable game of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the button effect process 2 in the 1st sub control part notice execution process at the time of the start of the special figure variable game of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game with the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1-1 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1-2 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1-3 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 1) with the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1-4 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 2) in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1-4 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 3) in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1-4 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the 1st sub control part prefetch notice execution process at the time of starting information winning in the 1st sub control part of the pachinko machine 100 by the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the button effect process 2 in the 1st sub-control part notice execution process at the time of the start of the special figure variable game of the pachinko machine 100 by the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the pending | holding advance notice lottery process in the button production process 2 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the pending | holding advance notice continuation lottery table memorize | stored in ROM306 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 2nd Embodiment of this invention, and is used by the suspend advance continuation lottery process in the button effect process 2. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 1) with the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-1 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 2) with the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-1 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 1) with the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-2 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 2) in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-2 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 1) with the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-3 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 2) in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-3 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 3) in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-3 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 1) with the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-4 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the special figure variable game (the 2) in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2-4 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. FIG. 10 is a schematic front view of a slot machine as a game machine according to a modification of the first and second embodiments of the present invention as seen from the front. It is a figure which shows the game stand by the modification of the 1st and 2nd embodiment of this invention, (a) shows the casino machine 2000, (b) is a memory | storage part which memorize | stores the electronic data which implement | achieves this invention (C) shows a portable game machine 4000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention, and (d) stores electronic data for realizing the present invention. The home video game machine 5000 provided with the memory | storage part which shows is shown, (e) has shown the data server 6000 which memorize | stored the electronic data which implement | achieves this invention.

[First Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a gaming machine (for example, a ball game machine such as a pachinko machine 100 or a spinning machine such as a slot machine) according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the figure is the external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 from the front side (player side). As an external structure, the pachinko machine 100 includes an outer frame 102, a main body 104, a front frame door 106, a door 108 with a ball storage tray, a launching device 110, and a game board 200 on the front surface.

  The outer frame 102 is a wooden frame member having a vertical rectangular shape for fixing to an installation location (island facilities or the like) provided in a gaming machine installation sales shop. The main body 104 is referred to as an inner frame, and is a member that is provided inside the outer frame 102 and serves as a longitudinal rectangular gaming machine base body that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 102 via a hinge portion 112. The main body 104 is formed in a frame shape and has a space 114 inside. In addition, when the main body 104 is opened, an inner frame opening sensor (not shown) that detects the opening of the main body 104 is provided.

  The front frame door 106 is attached to the front surface of the main body 104 on the front side of the pachinko machine 100 so as to be openable and closable with a lock function, and is configured in a frame shape so that the inner side of the front frame door 106 can be opened and closed. Is a door member having an opening 116. The front frame door 106 is provided with a transparent plate member 118 made of glass or resin at the opening 116, and a speaker 120 and a frame lamp 122 are attached to the front side. A game area 124 is defined by the rear surface of the front frame door 106 and the front surface of the game board 200. Further, a front frame door opening sensor (not shown) that detects opening of the front frame door 106 when the front frame door 106 is opened is provided.

  The door 108 with a ball storage tray is a door member attached to the lower side of the main body 104 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 100 so as to have a lock function and be openable and closable. The ball storage tray-equipped door 108 is capable of storing a plurality of game balls (hereinafter simply referred to as “balls”), and an upper plate 126 provided with a passage for guiding the game balls to the launching device 110. A lower plate 128 that stores game balls that cannot be stored in the upper plate 126, a ball removal button 130 that discharges the game balls stored in the upper plate 126 to the lower plate 128 by the player's operation, A ball discharge lever 132 that discharges game balls stored in the lower plate 128 to a game ball collection container (common name, dollar box) by operation, and a game ball guided to the launching device 110 by operation of the player 200 ball launching handles 134 for launching into the game area 124, chance buttons 136 for changing the effects of the various effects devices 206 by the player's operation, and the chance button 136 to emit light. Sub button lamp 138, ball lending operation button 140 for instructing ball lending to a card unit (CR unit) installed in the game store, and return operation button for instructing the card unit to return the player's balance 142, and a ball rental display unit 144 for displaying the balance of the player and the state of the card unit. In addition, a lower plate full tank sensor (not shown) that detects that the lower plate 128 is full is provided.

  The launching device 110 is attached to the lower side of the main body 104, and a launching rod 146 that rotates when the ball launching handle 134 is operated by the player, and a launching rod 148 that strikes the game ball at the tip of the launching rod 146. .

  The game board 200 has a game area 124 on the front surface, and is detachably attached to the main body 104 using a predetermined fixing member so as to face the space 114 of the main body 104. The game area 124 can be observed from the opening 116 after the game board 200 is mounted on the main body 104.

  FIG. 2 is an external view of the pachinko machine 100 of FIG. 1 viewed from the back side. The upper part of the back surface of the pachinko machine 100 has an opening that opens upward, a ball tank 150 for temporarily storing game balls, and a lower part of the ball tank 150 that is formed at the bottom of the ball tank 150. A tank rail 154 for guiding a ball that has passed through the communicating hole and dropped to the dispensing device 152 located on the right side of the back surface is provided.

  The payout device 152 is formed of a cylindrical member, and includes a payout motor, a sprocket, and a payout sensor (not shown) inside. The sprocket is configured to be rotatable by a payout motor. The sprocket that temporarily passes through the tank rail 154 and flows down into the payout device 152 is temporarily retained, and the payout motor is driven to rotate by a predetermined angle. Thus, the temporarily accumulated game balls are sent one by one downward to the payout device 152.

  The payout sensor is a sensor for detecting the passage of the game ball sent out by the sprocket. When the game ball is passing, either a high signal or a low signal is passed. Either the high signal or the low signal is output to the dispensing control unit 600. The game ball that has passed through the payout sensor passes through a ball rail (not shown) and reaches the upper plate 126 disposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 100. The pachinko machine 100 has this configuration. To pay out the ball to the player.

  On the left side of the payout device 152 in the figure, a main board case 158 that houses the main board 156 that constitutes the main control section 300 that performs control processing for the entire game, and control related to effects based on the processing information generated by the main control section 300 The first sub-board case 162 that houses the first sub-board 160 that constitutes the first sub-control unit 400 that performs processing, and the second sub-board that performs control processing related to effects based on the processing information generated by the first sub-control unit 400. An error release switch that constitutes a second sub-board case 166 that houses the second sub-board 164 that constitutes the control unit 500, a payout control unit 600 that performs control processing related to the payout of game balls, and that releases an error by the operation of a game clerk Discharge board case 172 storing the payout board 170 having 168, launch base constituting the launch control unit 630 that performs control processing relating to the launch of the game ball A launch board case 176 that houses 174, a power control unit 660 that supplies power to various electrical gaming machines, and a power switch 178 that turns the power on and off by the operation of a game store clerk and an RWM clear by being operated when the power is turned on A power board case 184 that houses a power board 182 that includes an RWM clear switch 180 that outputs a signal to the main controller 300, and a CR interface 186 that transmits and receives signals between the payout controller 600 and the card unit are provided. ing.

  FIG. 3 is a schematic front view of the game board 200 as viewed from the front. In the game board 200, an outer rail 202 and an inner rail 204 are arranged, and a game area 124 in which a game ball can roll is defined. An effect device 206 is disposed in the approximate center of the game area 124. The effect device 206 is provided with a decorative symbol display device 208 at substantially the center, and around the normal symbol display device 210, the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, and the normal symbol. A holding lamp 216, a first special symbol holding lamp 218, a second special symbol holding lamp 220, and a high-probability medium lamp 222 are provided. The effect device 206 performs the effect by operating the effect movable body 224, and details thereof will be described later. In addition, hereinafter, the normal symbol may be referred to as “general symbol”, the special symbol as “special symbol”, the first special symbol as “special symbol 1”, and the second special symbol as “special symbol 2”.

  The decorative symbol display device 208 is a display device for performing various displays used for decorative symbols and effects. In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 208 is configured by a liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display). The decorative symbol display device 208 is divided into four display areas, a left symbol display area 208a, a middle symbol display area 208b, a right symbol display area 208c, and an effect display area 208d, and the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and The right symbol display area 208c displays different decorative symbols, and the effect display area 208d displays an image used for the effect. Furthermore, the position and size of each display area 208a, 208b, 208c, 208d can be freely changed within the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, although the liquid crystal display device is employ | adopted as the decoration symbol display apparatus 208, it is not a liquid crystal display device, What is necessary is just the structure which can display various effects and various game information, for example, a dot matrix display device Other display devices including a 7-segment display device, an organic EL (ElectroLuminescence) display device, a reel (drum) display device, a leaf display device, a plasma display, and a projector may be adopted.

  The general map display device 210 is a display device for displaying a general map, and is configured by a 7-segment LED in this embodiment. The special figure 1 display device 212 and the special figure 2 display device 214 are display devices for displaying the special figure, and are configured by 7-segment LEDs in this embodiment.

  The multi-purpose hold lamp 216 is a lamp for indicating the number of general-purpose variable games (details will be described later) that are on hold. In this embodiment, the general-purpose variable games are reserved up to a predetermined number (for example, two). It is possible to do. The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 and the special figure 2 hold lamp 220 are lamps for indicating the number of special figure variable games that are held (details will be described later). In the present embodiment, a predetermined number of special figure variable games are displayed. It is possible to hold up to (for example, four). The high-probability medium lamp 222 is a lamp for indicating that the gaming state is a high probability state in which a big hit is likely to occur or a high probability state, and the gaming state is changed from a low probability state in which a big hit is unlikely to occur. Turns on when switching to the probability state, and turns off when switching from the high probability state to the low probability state.

  In addition, there are predetermined ball entrances such as a general prize opening 226, a general figure start opening 228, a special figure 1 start opening 230, a special figure 2 start opening 232, and a variable prize opening around the rendering device 206. 234 is provided.

  In the present embodiment, a plurality of general winning holes 226 are arranged on the game board 200, and when a predetermined ball detection sensor (not shown) detects a ball entering the general winning holes 226 (wins in the general winning holes 226). In this case, the payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, 10) of balls are discharged to the upper plate 126 as prize balls. The player can freely take out the balls discharged to the upper plate 126. With these configurations, the player can pay out the winning balls to the player based on winning. The ball that has entered the general winning opening 226 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side. In the present embodiment, a game ball is a ball that is paid out to a player as a consideration for winning (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “prize ball”), and a ball that is lent to a player (hereinafter referred to as “lending ball”). Is included).

  The normal start port 228 is configured by a device called a gate or a through chucker for determining whether or not a ball has passed a predetermined area of the game area 124. In this embodiment, the left side of the game board 200 is used. One is arranged. Unlike the ball that has entered the general winning opening 226, the ball that has passed through the usual starting port 228 is not discharged to the amusement island side. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects that a ball has passed through the general map starting port 228, the pachinko machine 100 starts a general map variable game by the general map display device 210.

  In the present embodiment, only one special figure 1 starting port 230 is provided at the center of the game board 200. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the special opening 1 starting port 230, a payout device 152, which will be described later, is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, three) of balls are discharged to the upper plate 126 as prize balls. At the same time, the special figure variable game by the special figure 1 display device 212 is started. Note that the ball that has entered the special figure 1 starting port 230 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  The special figure 2 starting port 232 is called an electric tulip (electric chew), and in the present embodiment, only one is provided directly below the special figure 1 starting port 230. The special figure 2 starting port 232 includes a wing member 232a that can be opened and closed to the left and right. While the wing member 232a is closed, it is impossible to enter a sphere. When the winning symbol is stopped and displayed, the blade member 232a opens and closes at a predetermined time interval and a predetermined number of times. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the special opening 2 232, the payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, four) of balls is discharged to the upper plate 126 as prize balls. Then, the special figure variable game by the special figure 2 display device 214 is started. The ball that has entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  The variable winning opening 234 is called a big winning opening or an attacker, and in the present embodiment, only one variable winning opening 234 is arranged below the center of the game board 200. The variable winning opening 234 includes a door member 234a that can be freely opened and closed. When the door member 234a is closed, it is impossible to enter a ball, and the special figure display devices 212 and 214 win the special figure variable game. Is stopped and displayed, the door member 234a opens and closes at predetermined time intervals (for example, an opening time of 29 seconds and a closing time of 1.5 seconds) and at a predetermined number of times (for example, 15 times). When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the variable winning opening 234, the payout device 152 is driven to discharge a predetermined number (for example, 15 balls) of balls to the upper plate 126 as prize balls. The ball that entered the variable winning opening 234 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  Further, a plurality of disc-shaped hitting direction changing members 236 called a windmill and a plurality of game nails 238 are arranged in the vicinity of these winning openings and start openings, and at the bottom of the inner rail 204, An out port 240 is provided for guiding a ball that has not won a prize or starting port to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharging it to the game island side.

  The pachinko machine 100 supplies the ball stored in the upper plate 126 by the player to the launch position of the launch rail, drives the launch motor with strength according to the operation amount of the player's operation handle, The outer rod 202 and the inner rail 204 are passed by the launcher 148 and are launched into the game area 124. Then, the ball that has reached the upper part of the game area 124 falls downward while changing the advancing direction by the hitting direction changing member 236, the game nail 238, etc., and a winning opening (general winning opening 226, variable winning opening 234) or start opening (Special Figure 1 Start Port 230, Special Figure 2 Start Port 232) Wins the Out Port 240 without winning any of the winning ports or start ports, or just passing through the normal start port 228 To do.

  Next, the rendering device 206 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. On the front side of the effect device 206, a warp device 242 and a stage 244 are arranged in an area where the game ball can roll, and an effect movable body 224 is arranged in an area where the game ball cannot roll. In addition, a decorative symbol display device 208 and a shielding device 246 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a door or a shutter) are disposed on the back side of the effect device 206. That is, in the effect device 206, the decorative symbol display device 208 and the shielding means are located behind the warp device 242, the stage 244, and the effect movable body 224. The warp device 242 discharges the game balls that have entered the warp inlet 242a provided at the upper left of the effect device 206 to the stage 244 below the front surface of the effect device 206 from the warp outlet 242b. The stage 244 can roll a ball discharged from the warp outlet 242b or a ball that has been picked up by a nail of the game board 200, and the passed ball passes to the special opening 1 230 in the center of the stage 244. A special route 244a is provided to facilitate entry.

  In this embodiment, the effect movable body 224 includes an upper arm 224a and a forearm 224b imitating the upper arm and forearm of a human right arm, and an upper arm motor and an elbow (not shown) that rotate the upper arm 224a to the position of the shoulder. A forearm motor (not shown) that rotates the forearm 224b at a position is provided. The effect movable body 224 moves in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 by the upper arm motor and the forearm motor.

  The shielding device 246 includes a lattice-like left door 246a and right door 246b, and is disposed between the decorative symbol display device 208 and the front stage 244. Belts wound around two pulleys (not shown) are fixed to the upper portions of the left door 246a and the right door 246b, respectively. That is, the left door 246a and the right door 246b move to the left and right as the belt driven by the motor through the pulley moves. When the left door 246a and the right door 246b are closed, the shielding means shields the inner end portions thereof so that it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the decorative symbol display device 208. In the state where the left door 246a and the right door 246b are opened, each inner end portion slightly overlaps the outer end portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, but the player can visually recognize all of the display of the decorative symbol display device 208. It is. In addition, the left door 246a and the right door 246b can be stopped at arbitrary positions, respectively, for example, only a part of the decorative design so that the player can identify which decorative design the displayed decorative design is. Can be shielded. In addition, the left door 246a and the right door 246b may be configured so that a part of the decorative symbol display device 208 behind the lattice hole can be visually recognized, or the shoji part of the lattice hole is closed with a translucent lens body. The display by the decorative symbol display device 208 may be made vaguely visible to the player, or the shoji part of the holes in the lattice is completely blocked (shielded), and the decorative symbol display device 208 behind is made completely invisible. Also good.

  Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the pachinko machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. This figure shows a circuit block diagram of the control unit. The control unit of the pachinko machine 100 can be roughly classified into a main control unit 300 that controls the central part of the game and a command signal (hereinafter simply referred to as “command”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. A first sub-control unit 400 that controls the second sub-control unit 500 that controls various devices based on a command transmitted from the first sub-control unit 400, and a command transmitted by the main control unit 300 The payout control unit 600 that mainly controls the game ball payout, the launch control unit 630 that controls the launch of the game ball, and the power supply control unit 660 that controls the power supplied to the pachinko machine 100 are configured. Yes.

  First, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing control programs and various data, and data temporarily. A RAM 308 for storing, an I / O 310 for controlling input / output of various devices, a counter timer 312 for measuring time and the number of times, and a WDT 314 for monitoring an abnormality in program processing are mounted. Note that other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and the RAM 308, and this is the same for the first sub-control unit 400 and the second sub-control unit 500 described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 316b as a system clock.

  The basic circuit 302 also includes a random value generation circuit 318 used as a hardware random number counter that changes a numerical value in the range of 0 to 65535 every time a clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 316a is received (this circuit includes 2 counters) and a predetermined ball detection sensor, for example, a sensor that detects a game ball passing through each starting port, winning port, variable winning port, front frame door opening sensor, and inner frame A sensor circuit 322 for receiving signals output from various sensors 320 including an open sensor and a lower plate full sensor, and outputting a comparison result with an amplification result and a reference voltage to the random value generation circuit 318 and the basic circuit 302; Drive circuit 324 for controlling the display of the special symbol display device 212 or the special symbol 2 display device 214, a predetermined symbol display device, for example, A drive circuit 326 for performing display control of the general-purpose display device 210, and various status display units 328 (for example, a general-purpose reservation lamp 216, a special figure 1 retention lamp 218, a special figure 2 retention lamp 220, and a high-accuracy medium lamp 222) And the like, and a variety of solenoids 332 for opening and closing a predetermined movable member, for example, the blade member 232a of the special figure 2 starting port 232, the door member 234a of the variable prize opening 234, and the like. A driving circuit 334 is connected.

  When the sphere detection sensor 320 detects that a sphere is won at the special figure 1 starting port 230, the sensor circuit 322 outputs a signal indicating that the sphere has been detected to the random value generation circuit 318. Upon receiving this signal, the random value generation circuit 318 latches the value at the timing of the counter corresponding to the special figure 1 starting port 230, and stores the latched value in the built-in counter value corresponding to the special figure 1 starting port 230. Store in the register. Similarly, when the random value generation circuit 318 receives a signal indicating that the ball has won the special figure 2 starting port 232, the random number generation circuit 318 latches the value at the timing of the counter corresponding to the special figure 2 starting port 232. The latched value is stored in a built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the special figure 2 starting port 232.

  Further, an information output circuit 336 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 is connected to an information input circuit 350 provided in an external hall computer (not shown) or the like via the information output circuit 336. 100 game information (for example, game state) is output.

  Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 338 for monitoring the voltage value of the power source supplied from the power source control unit 660 to the main control unit 300. The voltage monitoring circuit 338 has a voltage value of the power source. When the voltage is less than a predetermined value (9 V in this embodiment), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has decreased is output to the basic circuit 302.

  Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on, and the CPU 304 starts from the start signal output circuit 340. When a signal is input, game control is started (main control unit main processing described later is started).

  The main control unit 300 includes an output interface for transmitting a command to the first sub-control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting a command to the payout control unit 600. With this configuration, the first control unit 300 Communication with the sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is enabled. Information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is one-way communication. The main control unit 300 sends commands and the like to the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600. The first sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 are configured such that signals such as commands cannot be transmitted to the main control unit 300.

  Next, the first sub control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that controls the entire first sub-control unit 400 mainly based on commands transmitted from the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, A RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 410 for controlling input / output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time and frequency are mounted. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock.

  The basic circuit 402 includes a sound source IC 416 for controlling the speaker 120 (and amplifier), a drive circuit 420 for controlling various lamps 418 (for example, the chance button lamp 138), and a shielding device 246. A drive circuit 432 for performing drive control, a shielding device sensor 430 that detects the current position of the shielding device 246, a chance button detection sensor 426 that detects pressing of the chance button 136, a shielding device sensor 430, and a chance button detection sensor A sensor circuit 428 that outputs a detection signal from 426 to the basic circuit 402, a ROM 406 for storing a control program and various effect data, and image data stored in the ROM 406 based on signals from the CPU 404, and the VRAM 436 are read out. Display images using the work area And VDP434 for displaying an image on the decorative pattern display apparatus 208 forms (Video Display Processor), is connected to. The ROM 406 may store the control program and various effect data in separate ROMs.

  Next, the second sub control unit 500 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a basic circuit 502 that receives the control command transmitted from the first sub-control unit 400 via the input interface and controls the entire second sub-control unit 500 based on the control command. The basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a RAM 508 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 510 for controlling input / output of various devices, and a counter timer 512 for measuring time and frequency. It is equipped with. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock.

  The basic circuit 502 also includes a ROM 506 that stores a control program and data for controlling the entire second sub-control unit 500, data for image display, and the like, and drive control for the effect movable body 224. Control of drive circuit 516, effect movable body sensor 424 that detects the current position of effect movable body 224, sensor circuit 518 that outputs a detection signal from effect movable body sensor 424 to basic circuit 502, and control of game board lamp 532 A game board lamp driving circuit 530 for controlling the game table frame lamp 542, a game board lamp driving circuit 530, and a game table frame lamp driving circuit. A serial communication control circuit 520 that performs lighting control by serial communication with the 540 is connected.

  Next, the payout control unit 600, the launch control unit 630, and the power supply control unit 660 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The payout control unit 600 controls the payout motor 602 of the payout device 152 mainly based on a command signal or the like transmitted from the main control unit 300, and a prize ball or a rental ball based on a control signal output from the payout sensor 604 It is detected whether or not the payout has been completed, and communication with a card unit 608 provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 is performed via the interface unit 606.

  The launch control unit 630 outputs a control signal output from the payout control unit 600 to permit or stop the launch, or a launch intensity output circuit provided in the ball launch handle 134 to operate the ball launch handle 134 by the player. Control of the launch motor 632 that drives the launcher 146 and launcher 148, and control of the ball feeder 634 that supplies the launcher 110 with a ball from the upper plate 126 based on a control signal that indicates the launch intensity according to the amount. I do.

  The power control unit 660 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the pachinko machine 100 into a DC voltage, converts it to a predetermined voltage, and controls each control unit such as the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400, the payout device 152, etc. Supply to each device. Further, the power supply control unit 660 supplies a power storage circuit (for example, a power supply circuit) for supplying power to a predetermined part (for example, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300) for a predetermined period (for example, 10 days) even after the external power supply is cut off. , Capacitor). In the present embodiment, a predetermined voltage is supplied from the power supply control unit 660 to the payout control unit 600 and the second sub control unit 500, and the main control unit 300, the second sub control unit 500, and the launch control unit are supplied from the payout control unit 600. Although a predetermined voltage is supplied to 630, the predetermined voltage may be supplied to each control unit and each device through another power supply path.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 5A to 5C, the special figure 1 display device 212, the special figure 2 display device 214, the decorative symbol display device 208, and the universal figure display device 210 of the pachinko machine 100 are stopped and displayed. The types of figures and ordinary drawings will be described. Fig.5 (a) shows an example of the stop symbol aspect of a special figure. The special figure 1 variable game is started on the condition that the first start port sensor detects that the ball has entered the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the special figure 2 start opening 232 indicates that the ball has entered 2 The special figure 2 variable game is started on condition that the start sensor is detected. When the special figure 1 variable game is started, the special figure 1 display device 212 performs “variable display of special figure 1” which repeats lighting of all seven segments and lighting of one central segment. When the special figure 2 variable game is started, the special figure 2 display device 214 performs “variable display of special figure 2” by repeating all lighting of the seven segments and lighting of the central one segment. . These “variation display of special figure 1” and “variation display of special figure 2” correspond to an example of the symbol fluctuation display in the present embodiment. When the fluctuation time determined before the fluctuation start of the special figure 1 (corresponding to the fluctuation time in the present embodiment) elapses, the special figure 1 display device 212 stops and displays the stop symbol form of the special figure 1, When the variation time determined before the start of the variation 2 (this also corresponds to the variation time in the present embodiment) has elapsed, the special figure 2 display device 214 stops and displays the stop symbol form of the special illustration 2. Therefore, from the start of “figure display of special figure 1” until the stop symbol form of special figure 1 is stopped, or after the start of “fluctuation display of special figure 2”, the stop symbol form of special figure 2 is displayed. Until stop display corresponds to an example of the symbol variation stop display referred to in the present embodiment, hereinafter, after the “variable display of special figure 1 or 2” is started, the stop symbol form of special figure 1 or 2 is stopped and displayed. A series of displays until this is done is referred to as symbol variation stop display. As will be described later, the symbol variation stop display may be continuously performed a plurality of times.

  FIG. 5A shows ten types of special drawings from “Special Figure A” to “Special Figure J” as the stop symbol forms in the symbol variation stop display. In FIG. 5A, the white portions in the figure indicate the segment locations where the light is turned off, and the black portions indicate the location where the segments are turned on. “Special figure A” is a 15 round (15R) special jackpot symbol, and “Special figure B” is a 15R jackpot symbol. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, the determination as to whether or not the big hit in the special figure variable game is made by lottery of hardware random numbers, and the decision as to whether or not it is a special big hit is made by lottery of software random numbers. The difference between the jackpot and the special jackpot is the difference in whether the probability of winning the jackpot is high (special jackpot) or low (jackpot) in the next special figure variation game. Hereinafter, a state having a high probability of winning the jackpot is referred to as a special figure high probability state, and a state having a low probability is referred to as a special figure low probability state. In addition, after the 15R special jackpot game ends and after the 15R jackpot game ends, the state shifts to an electric support state (sometimes referred to as a short time state). Although the electric support state will be described in detail later, the state that shifts to the electric support state is referred to as a normal high probability state, and the state that does not shift to the electric support state is referred to as a normal low probability state. “Special figure A”, which is a 15R special jackpot symbol, is a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, and “Special figure B”, which is a 15R jackpot symbol, is a special figure low probability ordinary figure high probability state. These “special chart A” and “special chart B” are symbols that have a relatively high degree of advantage over the player.

  “Special figure C” is a 2R jackpot symbol called sudden probability change, and is a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state. That is, “Special Figure C” is 2R compared to “Special Figure A” which is 15R. “Special figure D” is a 2R jackpot symbol called sudden time reduction, and is a special figure low probability normal figure high probability state. That is, “Special Figure D” is 2R compared to “Special Figure B” which is 15R. “Special figure E” is a 2R jackpot symbol called hidden probability change, and is a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state. "Special figure F" is a 2R jackpot symbol suddenly called normal, and is a special figure low probability normal figure low probability state. These “special drawing E” and “special drawing F” are both 2R and are in a state in which they do not shift to the electric support state.

  “Special figure G” is the first small hit symbol, and “Special figure H” is the second small hit symbol, both of which are in the special figure low probability normal figure low probability state. The small hit here is equivalent to the big hit without 2R electric support. That is, “Special Figure G” and “Special Figure H” are in the same state as “Special Figure F”, but the effects displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 are different in both cases. By providing “G”, “Special Figure H”, and “Special Figure F”, the interest of the game is enhanced.

  In addition, “Special Figure I” is a first off symbol, and “Special Figure J” is a second off symbol, which is a symbol that is relatively less advantageous to the player. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, symbols other than “Special Illustration A” are prepared as 15R special jackpot symbols, and the same applies to other symbols such as 15R jackpot symbols.

  FIG. 5B shows an example of a decorative design. There are 10 types of decoration patterns of the present embodiment: “Decoration 1” to “Decoration 10”. The first start port sensor detects that a ball has won the special figure 1 starting port 230 or the special figure 2 starting port 232, that is, the ball has entered the special figure 1 starting port 230, or the special figure 2 Each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided on the condition that the second start port sensor detects that a ball has entered the start port 232. In the symbol display area, “decoration 1” → “decoration 2” → “decoration 3” →... “Decoration 9” → “decoration 10” → “decoration 1” →. “Change design of symbols”.

  When notifying 15R special jackpot of “Special Figure A” or 15R big jackpot of “Special Figure B”, a combination of symbols in which three same decorative symbols are arranged in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c (for example, “Decoration 1− (Decoration 1 -decoration 1 "," decoration 2 -decoration 2 -decoration 2 ", etc.) are stopped and displayed. When the 15R special jackpot of “special drawing A” is explicitly notified, a combination of three symbols of the same odd number of decorative symbols (for example, “decoration 3—decoration 3—decoration 3” or “decoration 7—decoration 7”). -Decoration 7 "etc.) is stopped and displayed.

  In addition, the 2R big hit called “hidden probability change” of “special drawing E”, the 2R big hit called “special drawing F” suddenly normal, or the first small hit of “special drawing G”, “special drawing H” When notifying the second small hit, “decoration 1-decoration 2—decoration 3” is stopped and displayed. Furthermore, in order to notify 2R jackpot called “sudden probability change” of “special drawing C” or 2R jackpot called “sudden time reduction of“ special drawing D ”,“ decoration 1-decoration 3—decoration 5 ”is set. Stop display.

  On the other hand, when notifying the first deviation of “Special Figure I” and the second deviation of “Special Figure J”, the symbol combinations other than the symbol combinations shown in FIG. 5B are stopped in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. indicate.

  FIG.5 (c) shows an example of the usual stop display symbol. In the present embodiment, there are two types of stoppage display modes of “normal map A”, which is a winning symbol, and “general symbol B”, which is a missed symbol. Based on the fact that the above-mentioned gate sensor has detected that the sphere has passed through the general start port 228, the general map display device 210 repeats the lighting of all seven segments and the lighting of one central segment. Perform a “normal change display”. Then, when notifying the winning of the common figure variable game, the “normal figure A” is stopped and displayed, and when notifying the deviation of the common figure variable game, the “normal figure B” is stopped and displayed. Also in FIG.5 (c), the white part in a figure shows the location of the segment which light-extinguishes, and the black-colored part has shown the location of the segment which lights up.

  Next, main control unit main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main processing of the main control unit. As described above, the main control unit 300 is provided with the start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs the start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 to which this activation signal has been input performs reset start by a reset interrupt, and executes main control unit main processing shown in FIG. 6 in accordance with a control program stored in advance in the ROM 306.

  In step S101, initial setting 1 is performed. In the initial setting 1, the stack initial value is set in the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304 (temporary setting), the interrupt mask is set, the I / O 310 is initialized, the various variables stored in the RAM 308 are initialized, and the WDT 314 is set. Allow operation, set initial values, etc. In the present embodiment, a numerical value corresponding to 32.8 ms is set in WDT 314 as an initial value.

  In step S103 following step S101, the value of the counter of WDT 314 is cleared, and the time measurement by WDT 314 is restarted. In step S105 subsequent to step S103, whether or not the low voltage signal is ON, that is, the voltage value of the power supply that the voltage monitoring circuit 338 supplies from the power supply control unit 660 to the main control unit 300 is a predetermined value. It is monitored whether or not a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has decreased when the voltage is less than (9 V in this embodiment). Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects that the power supply is cut off), the process returns to step S103, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the CPU 304 does not detect that the power supply is cut off), the step is performed. The process proceeds to S107. Even when the predetermined value (9 V) is not yet reached immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S103, and step S105 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined value.

  In step S107, initial setting 2 is performed. In the initial setting 2, a process for setting a numerical value for determining a cycle for executing a main control unit timer interrupt process, which will be described later, in the counter timer 312, a predetermined port of the I / O 310 (for example, a test output port, a 1) a process of outputting a clear signal from the output port 1), a setting for permitting writing to the RAM 308, and the like.

  In step S109 subsequent to step S107, it is determined whether or not the state before power interruption (before power interruption) is restored. If the state before power interruption is not restored (the basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 is changed). In the case of initializing), the process proceeds to initialization processing (step S113). Specifically, first, a RAM clear signal transmitted when a store clerk or the like of an amusement store operates the RWM clear switch 180 provided on the power supply board is turned on (indicates that there has been an operation). That is, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear is necessary. If the RAM clear signal is on (when the RAM clear is necessary), the process proceeds to step S113 to set the basic circuit 302 to the initial state. On the other hand, when the RAM clear signal is OFF (when the RAM clear is not necessary), the power status information stored in the power status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read, and the power status information is information indicating suspend. It is determined whether or not. If the power status information is not information indicating suspend, the process proceeds to step S113 to set the basic circuit 302 to an initial state. If the power status information is information indicating suspend, a predetermined area of the RAM 308 is set. A checksum is calculated by adding all the 1-byte data stored in (for example, all areas) to a 1-byte register whose initial value is 0, and the calculated checksum results in a specific value (for example, 0) (whether or not the checksum result is normal). When the checksum result is a specific value (eg, 0) (when the checksum result is normal), the process proceeds to step S111 to return to the state before the power interruption, and the checksum result is a specific value. If the value is other than 0 (for example, 0) (if the result of the checksum is abnormal), the process proceeds to step S113 to set the pachinko machine 100 to the initial state. Similarly, when the power status information indicates information other than “suspend”, the process proceeds to step S113.

  In step S111, power recovery processing is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power failure is read out and reset to the stack pointer (this setting). In addition, the value of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power interruption is read out and reset in each register, and then the interrupt permission is set. Thereafter, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and registers, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state when the power is turned off. That is, the processing is resumed from the instruction next to the instruction (predetermined in step S115) performed immediately before branching to the timer interrupt process (described later) immediately before the power interruption. A RAM 308 mounted on the basic circuit 302 in the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4 is provided with a transmission information storage area. In step S111, a power recovery command is set in the transmission information storage area. This power recovery command is a command indicating that the power has been restored to the state at the time of power-off, and is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300 described later.

  In step S113, initialization processing is performed. In this initialization process, interrupt prohibition setting, stack initial value setting to the stack pointer (this setting), initialization of all storage areas of the RAM 308, and the like are performed. Further, here, a normal return command is set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. This normal return command is a command indicating that the initialization process (step S113) of the main control unit 300 has been performed, and in the same way as the power recovery command, in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300, 1 is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400.

  In step S115 subsequent to step S113, the basic random number initial value updating process is performed after setting the interrupt prohibition. In this basic random number initial value update process, when it is determined whether or not it is a big hit or not, a random number value for determining a special figure for winning time used for a lottery to determine a stop symbol in special figure variable games is generated. The initial value generating random number counter for generating the initial value of the winning special figure determining random number counter (hereinafter referred to as “initial value generating random number counter corresponding to the winning special figure determining random number counter”). ). Also, an initial value generation random number counter for generating an initial value of a universal winning random number counter for generating a normal winning random number for use in determining whether or not a normal floating game is successful (hereinafter referred to as “corresponding to the normal winning random counter”). "Initial value generation random number counter"). For example, if the range of values that can be taken as the random number value for determining the special figure for hitting is 0 to 99, the value is stored from the initial value generating random number counter storage area corresponding to the random number counter for determining the special figure for winning hour provided in the RAM 308. Acquire, add 1 to the acquired value, and store in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. The initial value generation random number counter corresponding to the usual winning random number counter is updated in the same manner. Note that the initial value generating random number counters corresponding to the winning special figure determining random number counter and the common winning random number counter are also updated in step S207 described later. The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the process of step S115 except during a timer interrupt process that starts every predetermined period.

  Next, the main control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main control unit timer interrupt process. The main control unit 300 includes a counter timer 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, about once every 2 ms), and the main control unit timer interrupt is triggered by this timer interrupt signal. The process is started at a predetermined cycle.

  In step S201, a timer interrupt start process is performed. In this timer interrupt start process, a process of temporarily saving each register value of the CPU 304 to the stack area is performed. In step S203 following step S201, the WDT is set so that the count value of the WDT 314 exceeds the initial set value (32.8 ms in the present embodiment) and no WDT interrupt occurs (so as not to detect a processing abnormality). It is restarted periodically (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms, which is the main controller timer interrupt period).

  In step S205 subsequent to step S203, input port state update processing is performed. In this input port state update process, the detection signals of various sensors 320 including the above-mentioned front frame door open sensor, inner frame open sensor, lower pan full sensor, and various ball detection sensors are input via the input port of the I / O 310. The input is monitored for the presence or absence of a detection signal, and stored in a signal state storage area provided for each of the various sensors 320 in the RAM 308. If the detection signal of the sphere detection sensor is described as an example, information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected in the timer interruption process (about 4 ms before) is stored in the RAM 308 for each sphere detection sensor. This information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area partitioned and stored in the RAM 308 in the previous detection signal storage area partitioned for each sphere detection sensor, and the previous timer interrupt processing (about 2 ms before) ) Is read from the current detection signal storage area provided for each sphere detection sensor in the RAM 308, and this information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area described above. To remember. Further, the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected this time is stored in the above-described current detection signal storage area.

  Further, in step S205, the information on the presence or absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor stored in each storage area of the above-mentioned detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area is compared. It is determined whether or not the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in the ball detection sensor matches the winning determination pattern information. This main control unit timer interrupt process that is repeatedly started at a very short interval of about 2 ms while one game ball passes one ball detection sensor is started several times. For this reason, every time the main control unit timer interrupt process is activated, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is confirmed in step S205. As a result, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is stored in each of the detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area. That is, when the game ball starts to pass through the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal before, a previous detection signal, and a current detection signal. In the present embodiment, in consideration of erroneous detection of the sphere detection sensor and noise, it is determined that there is a prize when the detection signal is stored twice continuously after no detection signal. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4 stores winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is no previous detection signal, that there is a previous detection signal, and that there is a current detection signal). In step S205, information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in each sphere detection sensor is predetermined winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, no previous detection signal, previous detection signal, current detection signal present). If there is a match with the general winning opening 226, the variable winning opening 234, the special figure 1 starting opening 230, and the special figure 2 starting opening 232, or the normal figure starting opening 228 is passed. Judge that there was. In other words, it is determined that a prize has been awarded to the winning ports 226 and 234 and the starting ports 230, 232, and 228. For example, when the information on the presence / absence of the detection signals for the past three matches with the above-described winning determination pattern information in the general winning opening sensor for detecting the winning at the general winning opening 226, there is a winning at the general winning opening 226. If the information on the presence / absence of detection signals for the past three times does not match the above-described winning determination pattern information, the subsequent general winnings are performed. The process branches to the subsequent process without performing the process associated with winning the prize to the mouth 226. Note that the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination clear pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is a detection signal before the previous time, no previous detection signal, and no current detection signal). After it is determined that there has been a single win, it is not determined that there has been a win until the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times matches the winning determination clear pattern information in each ball detection sensor, and the winning determination is cleared. If it matches the pattern information, it is next determined whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information.

In step S207 following step S205 and in step S209 subsequent thereto, basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing are performed. In the basic random number initial value updating process in step S207, the initial value generating random number counter corresponding to the winning special figure determining random number counter and the universal winning random number counter respectively performed in step S115 is updated. In the basic random number update process in step S209, the winning special figure determining random number counter and the regular winning random number counter used in the main control unit 300 are updated. For example, assuming that the range of values that can be taken as random numbers for determining a special figure for hitting is 0 to 99, a random number counter for determining a special figure for hitting provided in the RAM 308 in order to generate a random number for determining a special figure for hitting hours Is obtained, and 1 is added to the obtained value, which is then stored in the original random number counter for determining a hit special figure. At this time, if the result obtained by adding 1 to the obtained value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter for determining a hit time special figure. In addition, when it is determined as a result of adding 1 to the acquired value that the winning-time special figure determining random number counter makes a round, the initial value generating random number counter corresponding to the winning special figure determining random number counter Is set in the random counter for determining the special figure for winning hour. For example, a value is acquired from a random number counter for hitting special figure determination that fluctuates in a numerical range of 0 to 99, and a result obtained by adding 1 to the acquired value is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in the RAM 308. If the value is equal to the previously set initial value (for example, 7), the value is acquired as an initial value from the initial value generation random number counter corresponding to the random number counter for determining the winning hour figure, and The initial value set this time is stored in the above-described initial value storage area in order to set the figure-determining random number counter and to determine that the winning-time special figure determining random number counter has made one round next.
In addition to the initial value storage area for determining that the winning special figure determining random number counter has made one round next, an initial value for determining that the common winning random number counter has made one round A storage area is provided in the RAM 308. The hit special figure determining random number counter may be provided with a counter for acquiring the random value for special figure 1 and a counter for acquiring the random value for special figure 2 or the same. The counter may be used.

  In step S211 following step S209, effect random number update processing is performed. In this effect random number update process, a random number counter for generating an effect random number used by the main control unit 300 is updated. Specifically, the special figure timer number determination random number counter for generating the special figure timer number determination random number value for determining the symbol variation time in the special figure variation game is updated. In addition, a random number counter for determining a general timer number for generating a random number value for determining a general timer number for determining a symbol variation time in the general variable game is updated.

  In step S213 following step S211, timer update processing is performed. In this timer update process, the time for displaying and changing the symbol on the special symbol display device 212 and the time for displaying and changing the symbol on the special symbol display device 212 are counted. Special figure 1 display symbol update timer, Special figure 2 display symbol update timer for measuring the time for the symbol to be changed / stopped on the special figure 2 display device 214, a predetermined winning effect time, a predetermined opening time, a predetermined time Various timers including a timer for counting the closing time, a predetermined end effect period, and the like are updated.

  In step S215 subsequent to step S213, a winning opening counter updating process is performed. In this winning opening counter updating process, when winning holes 226, 234 and starting holes 230, 232, 228 are won, the RAM 308 stores the winning ball number storage area provided for each winning hole or for each starting hole. The value is read out, 1 is added, and the original prize ball number storage area is set.

  In step S217 following step S215, a winning acceptance process is performed. In this winning acceptance process, it is determined whether or not there has been a winning at the special figure 1 starting port 230, the special figure 2 starting port 232, the ordinary drawing starting port 228 and the variable winning port 234. Here, the determination is made using the determination result of whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S205.

  If there is a winning at the special figure 1 starting port 230 and the corresponding special figure 1 reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is not full (in this example, the full number is 4), the random number value generation circuit (Hard Random Number Circuit) A random number value for hit determination generated by performing predetermined processing on the value stored in the built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the starting port 230 of the special figure 1 of 318 is obtained and provided in the RAM 308. The hit special figure determining random value is obtained from the hit special figure determining random number counter and stored in the special figure 1 random value storage area in the order of acquisition. Special figure 1 random number value for determining hit and random number value for determining special figure for winning time (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as "special figure 1 random value group" or "starting information") Are stored in the same number as the number of reserved special figure 1 stored in the special figure 1 reserved number storage area. In the special figure 1 random value storage area, each time the special figure 1 holding number decreases, the data of a set of special figure 1 random values having the highest holding order (the first and most recently stored) is stored. In addition to being erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding order is incremented by one. Each time the special figure 1 holding number increases by one, the new special figure 1 random value set data is added to the next holding order of the special figure 1 random value set data having the lowest (last) holding order. Written.

  When the special figure 2 starting port 232 is won and the corresponding special figure 2 reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is not full (in this example, the reserved number 4 is full), the random value generation circuit A random number value for hit determination generated by performing predetermined processing on the value stored in the built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the start port 232 of the special figure 2 of 318 is acquired, and the hit time special feature provided in the RAM 308 is acquired. The random number value for hit special figure determination is acquired from the random number counter for figure determination and is stored in the special figure 2 random value storage area in the order of acquisition. Special figure 2 random value for hit determination and random number for determining special figure for winning hour (hereinafter abbreviated as "special figure 2 random value set" or "starting information") 2 is stored as many as the number of the special figure 2 hold stored in the hold number storage area. In the special figure 2 random value storage area, each time the special figure 2 holding number decreases, the data of the special figure 2 random value pair with the highest holding order is deleted, and the remaining special figure 2 random value Processing is performed so that the holding order of the set of data is incremented by one. Each time the special figure 2 holding number increases by one, the new special figure 2 random value set data is written in the next holding order of the special figure 2 random value set data having the lowest holding order.

  If there is a winning at the general figure starting port 228 and the corresponding reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is not full, the value is acquired from the random number counter for generating the normal figure winning random number value as the normal figure winning random number value. Stored in the random number storage area. When there is a winning at the variable winning opening 234, information indicating that a ball has entered the variable winning opening 234 is stored in the winning storage area for the variable winning opening.

  In step S219 following step S217, a payout request number transmission process is performed. Note that the output schedule information and the payout request information output to the payout control unit 600 are composed of, for example, 1 byte, strobe information (indicating that data is set when ON), bit 6 Power-on information (if turned on, indicates that this is the first command transmission after power-on), bits 4-5 indicate the current processing type for encryption (0-3), and bits 0-3 indicate encryption The number of payout requests after processing is shown.

  In step S221 following step S219, a normal state update process is performed. This normal state update process performs one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the normal state. For example, in the general diagram state update process in the middle of the normal map change display (the value of the above-mentioned general map display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the 7 segment LED constituting the general map display device 210 is repeatedly turned on and off. Turns off drive control. By performing this control, the general map display device 210 performs normal variable display (normal map variable game).

  Also, in the general state update process at the timing when the normal map change display time has elapsed (the timing at which the value of the general map display symbol update timer has changed from 1 to 0), When the 7-segment LED constituting the general-purpose display device 210 is turned on / off to control the display mode, and the normal-map hit flag is off, the general-purpose display is displayed so that the display mode of the off symbol is displayed. The 7 segment LED constituting the device 210 is controlled to be turned on / off. Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a setting area for performing various settings in various processes, not limited to the normal state update process. Here, the above-described lighting / extinguishing drive control is performed, and the setting area is set to indicate that the normal stop display is being performed. By performing this control, the universal symbol display device 210 determines one of the winning symbols (common symbol A shown in FIG. 5 (c)) and the off symbol (general symbol B shown in FIG. 5 (c)). Display. After that, information indicating the stop period is set in a storage area of a normal stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, for 500 milliseconds (ms)). With this setting, the symbol that has been confirmed and displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the player is notified of the result of the normal game.

  Further, if the result of the usual figure variable game is a hit, the usual figure hit flag is turned on as will be described later. When the usual figure hit flag is on, in the usual figure state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (when the usual figure stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), A normal operation is set in the setting area, and a predetermined open period (for example, 2 seconds), a solenoid for driving to open / close the blade member 232a of the special opening 2 232 (a part of various solenoids 332), A signal for holding 232a in the open state is output, and information indicating the open period is set in the storage area of the blade open time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  In the usual state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the blade opening time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the blade member has a predetermined closing period (for example, 500 milliseconds). A signal for holding the blade member in the closed state is output to the opening / closing drive solenoid 332, and information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  Further, in the normal state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (when the value of the blade closing time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the non-operating state is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. To do. Further, if the result of the usual figure variation game is out of place, the usual figure hit flag is turned off as will be described later. In the case where the usual figure hit flag is off, even in the usual figure state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (when the value of the usual figure stop time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, normal operation inactive is set. In the general state update process in the case where the general map is not operating, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S223.

  In step S223, a general drawing related lottery process is performed. In this general map-related lottery process, the open / close control of the general map variable game and the special map 2 start port 232 is not performed (the state of the general map is inactive), and the number of the general map variable games that are on hold When the number is 1 or more, it is determined whether or not the result of the usual figure variation game is won or not by the random lottery based on the usual figure winning random number value stored in the above random number value storage area. When a winning determination is made and the winning combination is made, ON is set to the common winning flag provided in the RAM 308. In the case of unsuccessful election, the flag for the usual figure is set to OFF. Regardless of the result of the hit determination, next, the value of the random number counter for generating the normal figure timer random value is acquired as the normal figure timer random number value, and a plurality of fluctuation times are obtained based on the acquired general figure timer random number value. One time is selected for variably displaying the normal map on the general map display device 210, and this variable display time is stored as a normal map variable display time in a general map variable time storage area provided in the RAM 308. In addition, the number of pending general figure variable games is stored in the usual figure pending number storage area provided in the RAM 308, and from the number of pending custom figure variable games each time a hit determination is made. The value obtained by subtracting 1 is re-stored in the usual figure number-of-holds storage area. Also, the random number value used for the hit determination is deleted.

  In step S224 following step S223, special figure prefetching processing is performed. In the special figure pre-reading process, when there is a prize at the special figure 1 starting port 230 or the special figure 2 starting port 232, the starting information related to the holding increased due to the winning is pre-read, and the special symbol variable game stop pattern is specially designated. Pre-judgment is made prior to the success / failure judgment in the related lottery process. The flow of the special figure prefetching process will be described in detail later with reference to FIGS.

  Next, the special figure state update process for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed. First, the special figure state update process (the special figure 2 state update process) for the special figure 2 is performed (step S225). In the special figure 2 state update process, one of the following plural (in this example, nine) processes is performed according to the special figure 2 state.

  For example, in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing of the special figure 2 fluctuation start, a value obtained by subtracting 1 from the value of the special figure 2 holding number stored in the special figure 2 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is shown in FIG. Re-store in the reserved number storage area. At the same time, the blinking of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 is controlled. For example, if the four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 in FIG. 3 are LED numbers 1-4 in order from the left to the right in the figure, the LEDs corresponding to the special figure 2 holding number are red, for example, in order from the smallest LED number. Turn on and turn off the others.

  Also, for example, in the special figure 2 state update process in the middle of the special figure 2 fluctuation display (the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer described above is 1 or more), the 7-segment LED constituting the special figure 2 display device 214 is turned on. Performs lighting / extinguishing drive control that repeatedly turns off. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 performs the special figure 2 variable display (special figure 2 variable game). In addition, predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation start setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-described transmission information storage area, and the process ends.

  Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 includes a 15R big hit flag, a 2R big hit flag, a first small hit flag, a second small hit flag, a first off flag, a second off flag, a special figure probability variation flag, and a normal figure. A flag for each probability variation flag is prepared. In the special figure 2 state update process starting at the timing when the special figure 2 fluctuation display time has elapsed (the timing when the special figure 2 display symbol update timer value has changed from 1 to 0), the 15R big hit flag is on, and the special figure probability fluctuation When the flag is also on and the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is on, the special figure A, 15R jackpot flag shown in FIG. 5A is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is off, and the common figure probability fluctuation flag is on. When the special figure B, 2R big hit flag is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is on, and the general figure probability fluctuation flag is also on, the special figure C, 2R big hit flag is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is off, When the probability fluctuation flag is on, the special figure D, 2R jackpot flag is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is on, and when the common figure probability fluctuation flag is off, the special figure E, 2R jackpot flag is on, special chart Probability flag is off, normal When the rate fluctuation flag is also off, the special figure F, when the first small hit flag is on, the special figure G, when the second small hit flag is on, the special figure H, and the first off flag are on. In this case, the 7 segment LED constituting the special figure 2 display device 214 is controlled to be turned on / off so that the special figure I is turned on and the special figure J is turned on when the special flag I is turned on. Is set to indicate that the special figure 2 stop display is in progress. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 has a 15R special jackpot symbol (special figure A), a 15R big jackpot symbol (special figure B), a sudden probability variation symbol (special figure C), and a sudden short time symbol (special figure D). ), Hidden probability variation (special E), sudden normal (special F), first small hit (special G), second small hit (special H), first off symbol (special I) ) And the second off-set symbol (special symbol J). Thereafter, information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, for 500 ms). With this setting, the specially displayed special figure 2 is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the result of the special figure 2 variable game is notified to the player. Also, if the electric support number stored in the RAM 308 is 1, or more, the subtraction result is changed from 1 to 0. In this case, if the special figure probability is not changing (details will be described later), the time reduction flag is turned off. Further, the hourly flag is also turned off during the big hit game (in the special game state). Further, the special transmission information indicating that the rotation stop setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-described transmission information storage area, and the design for stopping the variable display is shown in FIG. The special figure 2 identification information indicating the presence is additionally stored in the RAM 308 as information to be included in command data, which will be described later, and the processing is terminated.

  If the result of the special figure 2 variable game is a big hit, the big hit flag is turned on as will be described later. When the jackpot flag is on, in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the special figure 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the RAM 308 In the setting area, the special figure 2 is in operation and waits for a predetermined winning effect period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period during which an image for notifying the player that the big win by the decorative symbol display device 208 is started is displayed. Therefore, information indicating the winning effect period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the winning effect setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

  Further, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined winning effect period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), a predetermined release period (for example, 29 seconds) Or, until a winning of a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10 balls) is detected at the variable winning opening 234, the door is connected to a solenoid for opening / closing the door member 234a of the variable winning opening 234 (a part of various solenoids 332). A signal for holding the member 234a in the opened state is output, and information indicating the opening period is set in the storage area of the door opening time management timer provided in the RAM 308. In addition, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening release setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

  In the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the door opening time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds) A signal for holding the door member 234a in a closed state is output to a solenoid for opening / closing the door member 234a of the variable prize opening 234 (a part of various solenoids 332), and a door closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308 is provided. Information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area. In addition, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening closing setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

  In addition, the opening / closing control of the door member is repeated a predetermined number of times (in this embodiment, 15 rounds or 2 rounds), and in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the end timing, a predetermined end effect period (for example, 3 seconds) In other words, the effect standby period is stored in the storage area of the effect standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to set to wait for a period during which an image for informing the player that the big hit by the decorative symbol display device 208 is to be ended is displayed. Set the information indicating. Also, if the ordinary probability fluctuation flag is set to ON, the power support number (for example, 100 times) is set in the power support number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 simultaneously with the end of the big hit game, and the RAM 308 Turns on the hourly flag provided in. If the usual probability fluctuation flag is set to OFF, the power support count storage unit does not set the power support count, and the time reduction flag is not turned ON. Here, the electric support state means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player in order to shorten the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure variable game to the start of the next big hit. If the short time flag is set to ON at this time, it is in the normal figure high probability (normal figure certain change) state. There is a higher probability of hitting in the general-game variable game in the high-probability state than in the normal-game low-probability state. In addition, in the normal figure high probability state, the fluctuation time of the general figure variable game is shorter than in the normal figure low probability state (normal figure variable short). Furthermore, in the normal high probability state, compared to the normal low probability state, the opening time in one opening of the pair of blade members 232a of the special drawing 2 starting port 232 is likely to be longer (electrical chew extension). In addition, the pair of blade members 232a are more likely to open in the normal high probability state than in the normal low probability state. The control state due to the universal figure change, the universal figure change, and the electric Chu extension is collectively referred to as an electric support (starting prize winning support by electric tulip) state.

In addition, as described above, the hourly flag is set to off during the big hit game (in the special game state). Therefore, the normal low probability state is maintained during the big hit game. This is because, if the game is in a high probability state during a big hit game, a large number of game balls will be placed in the special figure 2 starting port 232 until a predetermined number of game balls enter the variable prize opening 234 during the big hit game. In order to solve this, there is a problem that the number of game balls that can be acquired during the big hit increases and the number of game balls that can be acquired during the big hit increases.
Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the end effect setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

  Also, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined end production period ends (when the production standby time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 is not activated in the setting area of the RAM 308. Set medium. Further, if the result of the special figure 2 variable game is out of place, the out-of-game flag is turned on as will be described later. In the case where the miss flag is on, even in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (the timing when the special figure 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, special figure 2 inactive is set. In the special figure 2 state update process when the special figure 2 is not in operation, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S227.

  Subsequently, special figure state update processing (special figure 1 state update process) for special figure 1 is performed (step S227). In the special figure 1 state update process, each process described in the special figure 2 state update process is performed according to the state of the special figure 1. Each process performed in the special figure 1 state update process is the same as the process in which “special figure 2” in the contents described in the special figure 2 state update process is replaced with “special figure 1”. Omitted. The order of the special figure 2 state update process and the special figure 1 state update process may be reversed.

  When the special figure state update process in step S225 and step S227 is completed, a special figure related lottery process for each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is performed. Also here, first, a special drawing related lottery process for special figure 2 (a special drawing 2 related lottery process) is performed (step S229), and then a special drawing related lottery process for special figure 1 (a special drawing 1 related lottery process). ) Is performed (step S231). Also for these special drawing related lottery processes, the main control unit 300 performs the special figure 2 related lottery processing before the special figure 1 related lottery processing, so that the special figure 2 variable game start condition and the special figure 1 fluctuation Even if the game start conditions are satisfied at the same time, since the special figure 2 variable game is changing first, the special figure 1 variable game does not start changing. In addition, when the number of special figure 2 variable games held is larger than 0, the lottery process and the variable game related to the special figure 1 variable game hold are not performed. The notification of the result of the jackpot determination of the special figure variable game by the decorative symbol display device 208 is performed by the first sub-control unit 400, and the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the special figure 2 starting port 232 is notified. 1 is performed in preference to the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the starting port 230.

  In the case of the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229), a special figure 2 random value pair is obtained from the first (most recently stored) holding position in the special figure 2 random value storage area. With reference to the success / failure determination table shown in FIG. 10 (a) or FIG. 10 (b) with respect to the random number value for hit determination in the set of special figure 2 random values, the big hit or the small hit is determined. Or whether it is off. Next, when the determination result is a big hit or a small hit, the main control unit 300 performs the special figure determination random number value in the special figure 2 random value storage area obtained as shown in FIG. With reference to the figure determination table, the symbol to be stopped (stopped symbol) is determined after the variation display of the special diagram 2 is displayed. Although details will be described later, if the result of the determination is wrong, a random symbol value for determining a missing symbol is obtained separately, and the random symbol value is referred to the special symbol determining table shown in FIG. To decide.

  After the first special figure 2 random value set is extracted from the special figure 2 random value storage area, the storage of the special figure 2 random value set in the special figure 2 random value storage area is cleared, and the special figure 2 Subtract 1 from the number of holds. At this time, the set of the special figure 2 random value extracted from the special figure 2 random value storage area is stored in the temporary area (an example of the second starting information storage means) provided in the RAM 308, You may make it perform the above-mentioned determination based on the group of the said special figure 2 random value memorize | stored in this temporary area | region.

  The special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S231) is also the same as the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229), and a description thereof will be omitted.

  In step S233 following step S231, command setting transmission processing is performed, and various commands are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The output schedule information to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 is composed of 16 bits, for example, bit 15 is strobe information (indicating that data is set when ON), bits 11 to 14 are Command type (in this embodiment, basic command, symbol variation start command, prefetch result information command, symbol variation stop command, winning effect start command, end effect start command, jackpot round number designation command, power recovery command, RAM clear command, etc. Information that can specify the type of command), bits 0 to 10 are constituted by command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type).

  Specifically, the strobe information is turned on or off by the command transmission process described above. If the command type is a symbol variation start command, the command data includes 15R jackpot flag and 2R jackpot flag values stored in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, special chart probability variation flag values, and special chart related items. Including the special figure timer number selected in the lottery process, and in the case of the symbol variation stop command, the value of the 15R jackpot flag, 2R jackpot flag, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, etc. In the case of a command, the value of a special figure probability variation flag is included, and in the case of a jackpot round number designation command, the value of a special figure probability variation flag, the number of big hit rounds, and the like are included. When the command type indicates a basic command, device information in the command data, presence / absence of winning at the special figure 1 starting port 230, presence / absence of winning at the special figure 2 starting port 232, presence / absence of winning at the variable winning port 234, etc. including.

  In addition, in the prefetch result information command, prefetch result information (prefetched stop symbol information) stored in the prefetch result storage unit in the command data and the prefetched stop symbol correspond to the number of holds. Information indicating whether or not the information is on hold. The prefetch result information and the hold number information in the prefetch result information command may include only an increment, or may include prefetch result information and hold number information for all holds.

  In the rotation start setting transmission process described above, the value of the 15R big hit flag or 2R big hit flag, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, the special figure 1 related lottery process, and the special figure 2 related are stored in the RAM 308 as command data. Information indicating the number of the special figure timer selected in the lottery process, the number of the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game being held is set. In the rotation stop setting transmission process described above, information indicating the value of the 15R big hit flag, the value of the 2R big hit flag, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, etc. stored in the RAM 308 is set in the command data. In the winning effect setting transmission process described above, the command control data stored in the RAM 308, the effect control information output to the decorative symbol display device 208, various lamps 418, and the speaker 120 during the winning effect period, the special figure probability variation flag Information indicating the value, the number of the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game being held, etc. is set. In the above-described end effect setting transmission process, the command control data stored in the RAM 308, the effect control information output to the decorative symbol display device 208, various lamps 418, and the speaker 120 during the effect standby period, the special figure probability variation flag Information indicating the value, the number of the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game being held, etc. is set. In the above-described winning prize opening release setting transmission process, the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308 in the command data, the value of the special figure probability fluctuation flag, the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games held, etc. Set the information indicating. In the above-described winning prize closing setting transmission process, the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308 in the command data, the value of the special figure probability fluctuation flag, the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games held, etc. Set the information indicating. In step S233, general command special figure hold increase processing is also performed. In this general command special figure hold increasing process, special figure identification information (information showing special figure 1 or special figure 2) stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308 is set in the command data. In the first sub-control unit 400, it is possible to determine the production control according to the change of the game control in the main control unit 300 by the command type included in the received output schedule information, and it is included in the output schedule information. Based on the information of the command data, the contents of effect control can be determined.

  In step S235 following step S233, external output signal setting processing is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 350 separate from the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336.

  In step S237 following step S235, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of the various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step S205 are read, and the presence or absence of a predetermined error, for example, the presence or absence of a front frame door opening error or the presence or absence of a full tray error is monitored. When the front frame door opening error or the lower pan full error is detected, the transmission information to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 includes device information indicating the presence or absence of the front frame door opening error or the lower pan full error. Set. Further, various solenoids 332 are driven to control the opening / closing of the special figure 2 starting port 232 and the variable prize opening 234, and the general diagram display device 210 and the special diagram 1 display device 212 via the drive circuits 324, 326, 330. The display data to be output to the special figure 2 display device 214, various status display units 328, and the like is set in the output port of the I / O 310. Further, the output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S219) is output to the first sub-control unit 400 via the output port (I / O 310).

  In step S239 following step S237, it is monitored whether or not the low voltage signal is ON. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when power supply cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S243, and when the low voltage signal is off (when power supply cutoff is not detected), the process proceeds to step S241. In step S241, timer interrupt end processing is performed. In this timer interrupt end process, the value of each register temporarily saved in step S201 is set in each original register, interrupt permission is set, etc., and then the main control unit main process shown in FIG. Return to. On the other hand, in step S243, a specific variable or stack pointer for returning to the power-off state at the time of power recovery is saved in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 as return data, and power-off processing such as initialization of input / output ports is performed. After that, the process returns to the main process of the main control unit shown in FIG.

  Next, processing of the first sub-control unit 400 will be described using FIG. FIG. 5A is a flowchart of main processing executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400. FIG. 6B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing (strobe interrupt processing) of the first sub-control unit 400. FIG. 6C is a flowchart of the timer variable update interrupt process of the first sub control unit 400. FIG. 4D is a flowchart of the image control process of the first sub control unit 400.

  First, in step S301 in FIG. 9A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, an initialization process is first executed in step S301. In this initialization processing, initialization of input / output ports, initialization processing of a storage area in the RAM 408, and the like are performed. This initialization process takes about 30 seconds, for example.

  In step S303 following step S301, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S305. . In step S305, 0 is substituted into the timer variable.

  In step S307 following step S305, command processing is performed. The CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400 determines whether a command has been received from the main control unit 300.

  In step S309 after step S307, effect control processing is performed. For example, when there is a new command in step S307, processing such as reading effect data corresponding to the command from the ROM 406 is performed, and when update of the effect data is necessary, effect data update processing is performed.

  In step S311 following step S309, if pressing of the chance button is detected, processing for changing the effect data updated in step S309 to effect data corresponding to the pressing of the chance button is performed.

  In step S313 following step S311, if there is a command to the VDP 434 in the effect data read in step S309, this command is output to the VDP 434 (details will be described later).

  In step S315 subsequent to step S313, if there is a command to the sound source IC 416 in the effect data read in step S309, this command is output to the sound source IC 416.

  In step S317 following step S315, if there is a command to the various lamps 418 in the effect data read in step S309, this command is output to the drive circuit 420.

  In step S319 following step S317, if there is a command to the shielding device 246 in the effect data read in step S309, this command is output to the drive circuit 432.

  In step S321 following step S319, if there is a control command to be transmitted to the second sub-control unit 500 in the effect data read in step S309, the control command is set to be output, and the process returns to step S303. .

  Next, the command reception interrupt process of the first sub-control unit 400 will be described using FIG. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the first sub-control unit 400 detects a strobe signal output from the main control unit 300. In step S401 of the command reception interrupt process, the command output from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in a command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

  Next, the first sub control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms). Execute in the cycle. In step S501 of the first sub control unit timer interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S303 in the first sub control unit main process shown in FIG. Is stored in the timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S303, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10).

  In step S503 subsequent to step S501, transmission of a control command to the second sub-control unit 500 set in step S321 in the main process of the first sub-control unit 400, update processing of random numbers for other effects, and the like are performed.

  Next, the image control process in step S313 in the main process of the first sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the flow of image control processing.

  In step S601, an instruction to transfer image data is issued. Here, the CPU 404 first swaps the designation of the display areas A and B in the VRAM 436. As a result, an image of one frame stored in the display area not designated as the drawing area is displayed on the decorative design display device 208. Next, the CPU 404 sets ROM coordinates (transfer source address of the ROM 406), VRAM coordinates (transfer destination address of the VRAM 436) and the like in the attribute register of the VDP 434 based on the position information table and the like, and then the image from the ROM 406 to the VRAM 436. Set an instruction to start data transfer. The VDP 434 transfers the image data from the ROM 406 to the VRAM 436 based on the command set in the attribute register. Thereafter, the VDP 436 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 404.

  In step S603 following step S601, it is determined whether or not a transfer end interrupt signal from the VDP 434 is input. If a transfer end interrupt signal is input, the process proceeds to step S605. Wait for the input signal to be input. In step S605, parameters are set based on the production scenario configuration table and attribute data. Here, in order to form a display image in the display area A or B of the VRAM 436 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 436 in step S601, the CPU 404 has information on the image data constituting the display image (coordinate axis and image size of the VRAM 436). , VRAM coordinates (arrangement coordinates, etc.) are instructed to the VDP 434. The VDP 434 sets parameters according to attributes based on instructions stored in the attribute register.

  In step S607 following step S605, a drawing instruction is performed. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 404 instructs the VDP 434 to start drawing an image. The VDP 434 starts drawing an image in the frame buffer in accordance with an instruction from the CPU 404.

  In step S609 following step S607, it is determined whether a generation end interrupt signal from the VDP 434 based on the end of image drawing is input. If a generation end interrupt signal is input, the process proceeds to step S611. Waits for the generation end interrupt signal to be input. In step S611, a scene display counter that is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 408 and counts how many scene images have been generated is incremented (+1), and the process ends.

  The process of the second sub control unit 500 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6A is a flowchart of main processing executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub-control unit 500. FIG. 7B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing of the second sub control unit 500. FIG. 8C is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process of the second sub control unit 500.

  First, in step S701 in FIG. 9A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, an initialization process is first executed in step S701. In this initialization processing, initial setting of input / output ports, initialization processing of a storage area in the RAM 508, and the like are performed.

  In step S703 subsequent to step S701, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more. This process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10, and when the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S705. . In step S705, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

  In step S707 following step S705, command processing is performed. The CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500 determines whether a command has been received from the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400.

  In step S709 subsequent to step S707, effect control processing is performed. For example, if there is a new command in step S707, the effect data corresponding to this command is read from the ROM 506, and if the effect data needs to be updated, the effect data is updated.

  In step S711 following step S709, if there is a command from the first sub-control unit 400 to the game board lamp 532 or the game table frame lamp 542, the command is output to the serial communication control circuit 520.

  In step S713 following step S711, if there is a command from the first sub-control unit 400 to the effect movable body 224, this command is output to the drive circuit 516, and the process returns to step S703.

  Next, the command reception interrupt process of the second sub control unit 500 will be described with reference to FIG. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the second sub control unit 500 detects the strobe signal output from the first sub control unit 400. In step S801 of the command reception interrupt process, the command output from the first sub control unit 400 is stored as an unprocessed command in a command storage area provided in the RAM 508.

  Next, the second sub control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500 will be described with reference to FIG. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms), and a timer interrupt process is performed in response to this timer interrupt. Execute in the cycle. In step S901 of the second sub control unit timer interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 508 described in step S703 in the second sub control unit main process shown in FIG. Is stored in the timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S703, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10). In step S903 of the second sub-control unit timer interrupt process, an effect random number update process is performed.

  Next, the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. The data table shown in FIG. 10 is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300, for example. FIG. 10A and FIG. 10B are the pass / fail judgment processing of special figure 2 or special figure 1 in special figure 2 or special figure 1 related lottery process (steps S229 and S231) of the main control unit timer interrupt process. An example of the use determination table used is shown. FIG. 10A shows a table used during the special figure high probability, and FIG. 10B shows a table used during the special figure low probability. FIG. 10C shows a special figure determination table used for determining a symbol to be stopped and displayed after the end of symbol variation.

The success / failure determination table shown in FIG. 10 (a) and FIG. 10 (b) has “special figure probability” in the left column,
The middle column is composed of “random number range”, and the right column is composed of “result of success / failure”. “High probability” in “Special figure probability” in the left column shown in FIG. 10A indicates that the control state at the time of the determination is a special figure high probability state. The “random number range” in the middle column indicates a numerical range (0 to 65535) of random numbers to be compared with the acquired random number value for hit determination. The “random number range” is divided into four values: a numerical value 0 to 10000, a numerical value 10001 to 11638, a numerical value 11639 to 11940, and a numerical value 11941 to 65535. In the right column, “Win / Fail determination result” is assigned “high probability”, “0” to 10000 and “missing” corresponding to the values 11941 to 65535, and “big hit” corresponding to the values 10001 to 11638, “Small hit” is assigned corresponding to the numerical values 11639 to 11940.

  “Low probability” in the “special figure probability” in the left column shown in FIG. 10B indicates that the control state at the time of the determination is a special figure low probability state. The “random number range” in the middle column indicates a numerical range (0 to 65535) of random numbers to be compared with the acquired random number value for hit determination. The “random number range” is divided into four values of a numerical value 0 to 10000, a numerical value 10001 to 10162, a numerical value 10163 to 10464, and a numerical value 10465 to 65535. In the right column, the “results of success / failure determination” is assigned “low probability”, “loss” corresponding to numerical values 0 to 10000 and numerical values 10465 to 65535, and “big hit” corresponding to numerical values 10001 to 10162, “Small hit” is assigned corresponding to the numerical values 10163 to 10464.

  The basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 uses the acquired winning judgment to determine whether the result of the floating game shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 is a winning (winning) or a wrong winning (missing). Whether or not the random number is determined is determined by referring to the determination table. For example, if the control state at the time of the determination is a special figure high probability state, if the acquired random number for hit determination is within the range of 10001 to 11638, the special figure variable game is determined to be a win (big hit), If the acquired hit determination random number value is within the range of 11639 to 11940, the special figure variation game is determined to be a win (small hit), and the acquired hit determination random number value is within the range of 0 to 10000 and 11941 to 65535. If there is, it will be determined as non-winning.

  In this example, the possible numerical range of the hit determination random value is 0 to 65535 (the size of the numerical range is 65536). As shown in FIG. 10A, since the numerical range of the hit determination random number value determined to be a big hit in the special figure high probability state is 10001-1638 (the numerical range size is 1638), the special figure high probability The probability of winning the jackpot of the special figure variable game in the state is about 1/40 (= 1638/65536). In addition, since the numerical range of the hit determination random number value determined to be a small hit in the special figure high probability state is 11639 to 11940 (the numerical value range is 302), the special figure variable game in the special figure high probability state. The winning probability per small is about 1/217 (= 302/65536).

  In addition, the basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300, for example, if the control state at the time of determination is a special figure low probability state, if the acquired random number value for hit determination is within the range of 10001 to 10162, If the figure fluctuation game is determined to be a win (big hit) and the acquired random number for hit determination is within the range of 10163 to 10464, the special figure variable game is determined to be a win (small hit), and the acquired random number for hit determination Is in the range of 0 to 10000 and 10465 to 65535, it is determined that the player is not selected (missed).

  In this example, the possible numerical range of the hit determination random value is 0 to 65535 (the size of the numerical range is 65536). As shown in FIG. 10 (b), since the numerical range of the hit determination random number value determined to be a big hit in the special figure low probability state is 10001 to 10162 (the size of the numerical range is 162), the special figure low probability. The probability of winning the jackpot of the special figure variable game in the state is about 1/400 (= 162/65536). Also, since the numerical range of the random number value for hit determination determined as small hit in the special figure low probability state is 10163 to 10464 (the numerical range is 302), the special figure variable game in the special figure high probability state. The winning probability per small is about 1/217 (= 302/65536).

  In this way, the big hit win probability of special figure variable games is lower in the special figure low probability state than the special figure high probability state, and the small hit prize probability of special figure variable games is the special figure high probability state and special figure. It is set to be the same in the low probability state.

  FIG. 10C shows a special figure determination table. The special figure determination table is composed of items of “result determination / determination result”, “symbol random number range”, and “stop symbol” from the left column. The “win / fail judgment result” in the left column is divided into “big hit”, “small hit”, and “out of line”. “Big hit” indicates a case where it is determined as “big hit” as a result of the hit determination using the special figure determination table shown in FIG. 10A and FIG. 10B. As a result of the success / failure determination using the determination table, it shows a case where it is determined as “small hit”, and “out of” indicates a case where it is determined as “out of” as a result of the determination of success / failure using the special figure determination table. Show.

  The item “symbol random number range” in the middle column of the table shown in FIG. 10C indicates the numerical value range of random numbers to be compared with the acquired special random number value for winning hour determination or the random symbol value for losing symbol determination. The “design random number range” corresponds to the item “big hit” in the left column “result determination result”, the numerical value 0-49, the numerical value 50-69, the numerical value 70-77, the numerical value 78-83, the numerical value 84-91 and It is divided into six values of 92 to 99, and is divided into two values of 0 to 49 and 50 to 99 corresponding to “small hit”, and values of 0 to 49 and values corresponding to “out” It is divided into two of 50-99.

  The item “stop symbol” in the right column of the table shown in FIG. 10C represents a stop symbol in the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game. The “stop symbol” corresponds to “special symbol A” corresponding to the value “0” to “49” and “special symbol B” corresponding to the numerical value 50 to 69, and “special symbol B” corresponding to the numerical value 70 to 77. "Special figure C", "Special figure D" corresponding to numerical values 78-83, "Special figure E" corresponding to numerical values 84-91, and "Special figure F" corresponding to numerical values 92-99 Each design aspect is assigned. In addition, the “stop symbol” has “stop symbol” and the symbol random number range is “Special Figure G” corresponding to the numerical value 0 to 49, and “Special Figure H” corresponding to the numerical value 50 to 99. Each is assigned. Furthermore, the “stop symbol” has “stop” and the symbol random number ranges from “0” to “49” in the “random symbol” range. Assigned.

  The basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 displays the special figure 1 display device 212 or the special figure 2 display device 214 when the determination result based on the ball entering the special figure 1 start port 230 or the special figure 2 start port 232 is a big hit. Which of the special symbols A to F is to be stopped and displayed is determined with reference to the special figure determination table with respect to the acquired random number value for determining the special figure for hitting. Since the numerical range of the random number value for determining the special figure for hitting is 0 to 99 (the size of the numerical range is 100), the probability that the special figure A in the case of the big hit based on the special figure variable game is selected is 1 / 2 (= 50/100), the probability that the special figure B is selected is 1/5 (= 20/100), and the probability that the special figure C, the special figure E, and the special figure F are selected is about 1/12 (= 8/100), the probability that the special figure D is selected is about 1/17 (= 6/100).

  The basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 displays the special figure 1 display device 212 or the special figure 2 display device when the determination result based on the entrance to the special figure 1 start port 230 or the special figure 2 start port 232 is a small hit. It is determined with reference to the special figure determination table with respect to the acquired random number for determining the special figure for winning hour, which one of the special symbol G and special figure H is to be stopped and displayed in 214. Since the numerical range of the random number value for determining the hit special figure is 0 to 99 (the size of the numerical range is 100), either the special figure G or the special figure H in the case of the small hit based on the special figure variable game The probability of selecting is 1/2 (= 50/100).

  The basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 displays the special figure 1 display device 212 or the special figure 2 display device 214 in the case where the result of determination of success / failure based on the ball entering the special figure 1 starting port 230 or the special figure 2 starting port 232 is out of place. Which stop symbol mode of special figure I or special figure J is to be stopped and displayed is determined with reference to the special figure determination table with respect to the acquired random symbol value for determining the lost pattern. Since the numerical value range of the random symbol value for determining the off symbol is 0 to 99 (the size of the numerical range is 100), one of special figure I and special figure J in the case of loss based on the special figure variable game is selected. The probability is 1/2 (= 50/100).

  FIG. 11 shows an example of the special figure 1 variable display time determination table for determining the variable time of the symbol fluctuation stop display in the special figure 1 variable game. The special figure 1 variable display time determination table is used in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) of the main control unit timer interruption process. The data table shown in FIG. 11 is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300, for example. As shown in FIG. 11, the special figure 1 variable display time determination table includes “stop symbol”, “table”, “random number selection range”, “variable time” and “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” from the left column. It consists of five items.

  The “stop special figure” in the left column is a stop symbol determined using the special figure determination table of FIG. 10C, and includes “special figure A / special figure B” and “special figure C to special figure”. H ”and two types of“ special drawing I / special drawing J ”. The “table” is divided into four “1” to “4” corresponding to the “stop symbols” divided into four. Table “1” corresponds to “Special Figure A / Special Figure B” of “Stop Symbol”, and Table “2” corresponds to “Special Figure C to Special Figure H”. The “table” selected when “stop symbol” is “special diagram A / special diagram B” indicates whether or not the control state at the time of determining the variation time is the electric support state (presence of electric support) and special figure 1 Regardless of the number of floating games held, the table “1” is common. In addition, the “table” selected when the “stop symbol” is “special chart C to special chart H” is a table regardless of the presence / absence of electric support at the time of variable time determination and the number of special figure variable game suspensions. “2” is common.

  When the “stop symbol” is “special diagram I / special diagram J”, the table “3” or the table “4” is selected depending on the presence / absence of the electric support at the time of determining the variation time and the number of suspensions of the special diagram 1 variable game. It is to be selected. If the special symbol I or J is determined as the stop symbol, there is no electric support and the number of special figure 1 variable games held is 3, the table “3” is selected and there is no electric support. When the number is 0 to 2 or when there is electric support and the number of reservations is 0 to 3, the table “4” is selected.

  “Random number selection range” on the right side of the “table” in the figure indicates a numerical range (0 to 65535) of random numbers to be compared with the acquired special figure timer number determination random number value. The special figure timer number determination random number value is acquired, for example, when the start information winning of the special figure 1 is won, stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 308, and read out from the predetermined storage area when the special figure 1 variable display time is determined. It has become. In the table “1”, the “random number selection range” is divided into three values of a numerical value 0 to 1000, a numerical value 1001 to 20000, and a numerical value 20001 to 65535. In the table “2”, the “random number selection range” is not classified by numerical values. In the table “3”, the “random number selection range” is divided into four values of a numerical value 0 to 65000, a numerical value 65001 to 65400, a numerical value 65401 to 65500, and a numerical value 65501 to 65535. In the table “4”, the “random number selection range” is divided into four values of a numerical value 0 to 50000, a numerical value 50001 to 60000, a numerical value 60001 to 65000, and a numerical value 65001 to 65535.

  “Variation time” on the right side of the “Random number selection range” indicates the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game. The “variable time” is “15000 ms” corresponding to the table “1” and the random number selection range corresponding to the numerical values 0 to 1000, “45000 ms” corresponding to the numerical values 1001 to 20000, and “65000 ms corresponding to the numerical values 20001 to 65535. "Is assigned to each. “Variation time” is assigned with “12000 ms” corresponding to the table “2” and the random number selection range of numerical values 0 to 65535. The “variation time” corresponds to the table “3”, the random number selection range corresponding to the numerical values 0 to 65000, “3000 ms”, the numerical values 65001 to 65400, “10000 ms”, and the numerical values 65401 to 65500. “60000 ms” and “60000 ms” are assigned to the numerical values 65501 to 65535, respectively. Further, the “variation time” corresponds to the table “4”, the random number selection range corresponding to the numerical values 0 to 50000, “8000 ms”, the numerical values 50001 to 60000 corresponding to “10000 ms”, and the numerical values 60001 to 65000. “60000 ms” and “60000 ms” are respectively assigned to the numerical values 65001 to 65535.

  The “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” on the right side of the “variable time” diagram indicates the effect mode of the special figure 1 variable game corresponding to the combination of the “stop symbol” and the selected “variable time”. Yes. The “effect pattern on the decorative symbol display device” corresponds to “stop pattern” corresponding to “special chart A / special chart B”, “variable time“ 1500 ms ”,“ per normal reach ”, and variable time“ 45000 ms ”. “Per reach A” and “per reach B” corresponding to the fluctuation time “65000 ms”. In addition, in the “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device”, the “stop symbol” is assigned “special drawing C to special symbol H” and “variable time“ 12000 ms ”is assigned“ chance turn-off ”. In addition, the “effect pattern on the decorative symbol display device” is “stop symbol” corresponding to “special diagram I / special diagram J”, “variable shortening” corresponding to variable time “3000 ms”, and variable time “8000 ms”. Correspondingly, “out of”, “variable reach out” corresponding to fluctuation time “10000 ms”, “reach out of reach A” corresponding to fluctuation time “40000 ms”, “reach out of reach B” corresponding to fluctuation time “60000 ms” Are assigned to each.

  FIG. 12 shows an example of the special figure 2 variable display time determination table for determining the fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation stop display in the special figure 2 variable game. The special figure 2 variable display time determination table is used in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) of the main control unit timer interruption process. The data table shown in FIG. 12 is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300, for example. As shown in FIG. 12, the special figure 2 variable display time determination table includes “stop symbol”, “table”, “random number selection range”, “variable time” and “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” from the left column It consists of five items.

  “Stop special figure” in the left column is a stop symbol determined using the special figure determination table of FIG. 10C, and is “Special figure A / Special figure B”, “Special figure C to Special figure”. H ”and three types of“ special map I / special map J ”. The “table” is divided into five “5” to “9” corresponding to the “stop symbols” divided into five. The numbers of “table” in the special figure 2 variable display time determination table are serial numbers from the “table” number in the special figure 1 variable display time determination table. The table “5” corresponds to “Special Figure A / Special Figure B” of “Stop Symbol”, and the table “6” corresponds to “Special Figure C to Special Figure H”. The “table” selected when “stop symbol” is “special chart A / special chart B” is the table “5” regardless of the presence / absence of electric support at the time of variable time determination and the number of special figure 2 variable games held. Is common. Further, the “table” selected when the “stop symbol” is “special chart C to special chart H” is a table regardless of the presence / absence of electric support at the time of determining the variation time and the number of suspension of the special diagram 2 variable game. “6” is common.

  When “Stop Symbol” is “Special Figure I / Special Figure J”, any of the tables “7” to “9” is selected according to the presence / absence of electric support when the variable time is determined and the number of special figure 2 variable games held. Is selected. If the special symbol I or special symbol J is decided as the stop symbol, and there is electric support and the number of special figure 2 variable games is 1 to 3, the table “7” is selected and electric support is available. When the number of reservations is 0, the table “8” is selected, and when there is no electric support and the number of reservations is 0 to 3, the table “9” is selected.

  “Random number selection range” on the right side of the “table” in the figure indicates a numerical range (0 to 65535) of random numbers to be compared with the acquired special figure timer number determination random number value. The random number value for determining the special figure timer number is acquired, for example, when the start information winning in FIG. ing. In the table “5”, the “random number selection range” is divided into three values of a numerical value 0 to 1000, a numerical value 1001 to 20000, and a numerical value 20001 to 65535. In the tables “6” to “8”, the “random number selection range” is not classified by numerical values. In the table “9”, the “random number selection range” is divided into four values of a numerical value 0 to 50000, a numerical value 50001 to 60000, a numerical value 60001 to 65500, and a numerical value 65001 to 65535.

  “Variation time” on the right side of the “Random number selection range” indicates the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 variable game. “Variation time” is “55000” corresponding to the table “5”, the random number selection range corresponding to the numerical values 0 to 1000, “45000 ms” corresponding to the numerical values 1001 to 20000, and “65000 ms corresponding to the numerical values 20001 to 65535. "Is assigned to each. “Variation time” is assigned with “12000 ms” corresponding to the table “6” and the random number selection range corresponding to the numerical values 0 to 65535. In addition, “1500 ms” is assigned to the “variation time” corresponding to the table “7” and the random number selection range of numerical values 0 to 65535. “Variation time” is assigned “8000 ms” corresponding to the table “8” and the random number selection range corresponding to the numerical values 0 to 65535. Further, the “variation time” corresponds to the table “9”, the random number selection range corresponding to the numerical value 0 to 50000, “8000 ms”, the numerical value 50001 to 60000 corresponding to “10000 ms”, and the numerical value 60001 to 65000. “60000 ms” and “60000 ms” are respectively assigned to the numerical values 65001 to 65535.

  The “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” on the right side of the “variable time” diagram indicates the special mode 2 variable game effect mode corresponding to the combination of the “stop symbol” and the selected “variable time”. Yes. The “appearance mode on the decorative symbol display device” is “reach A” / “special B”, “normal reach” corresponding to a fluctuation time of 1500 ms, “reach A” corresponding to a fluctuation time of 45000 ms. "Per hit" and "per reach B" are assigned to correspond to the fluctuation time of 65000 ms. In addition, in the “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device”, “stop symbol” is assigned as “special symbol C to special symbol H” and “chance eyes are completely turned off” corresponding to the variation time of 12000 ms. In addition, the “appearance mode on the decorative symbol display device” corresponds to “stop symbol” corresponding to “special diagram I / special diagram J”, corresponding to a fluctuation time of 1500 ms, “super shortening” and a fluctuation time of 8000 ms. “Release”, “reach out of normal reach” corresponding to a fluctuation time of 10,000 ms, “reach out of reach A” corresponding to a fluctuation time of 40000 ms, and “reach out of reach B” corresponding to a fluctuation time of 60000 ms are assigned.

  FIG. 13 shows an example of the normal common notice table used in step S1301 in the notice execution process of the first sub-control unit at the start of change described later. “Normal” of the common common notice means a notice of the success / failure determination result of the special figure variable game to be started next, and “common” means a common notice mode in all the production modes. The normal common notice table is stored in the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400, for example. The normal common notice table is used to determine whether or not to execute a normal common notice that gives a notice of the success / failure determination result of the special figure variable game to be started next. Usually, the common notice table is used in common in FIG. 1 and FIG. Further, the normal common notice based on the normal common notice table appears after the reach is formed, which is outside the effective period of the effect mode change.

  The normal common notice table shown in FIG. 13 is divided into five from the left column: “change time”, “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device”, “no notice”, “notice X” and “notice Y”. Yes. "Variation display" is "variation time" determined using the special figure 1 or special figure 2 fluctuation display time determination table shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 12, and the main control unit timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. In the command transmission setting process (step S233), the variable time transmitted as a special figure timer number from the main control unit 300 to the first sub control unit 400 is shown. The “variation time” is divided into seven categories of “8000 ms”, “10000 ms”, “40000 ms”, “60000 ms”, “15000 ms”, “45000 ms”, and “65000 ms”. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is configured to determine whether or not to execute the common common notice when the variation time of the special figure variation game is relatively long (for example, 8000 ms or more).

  The “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” on the right side of the “variable time” diagram indicates the effect mode of the special figure variable game. The “effect mode in the decorative symbol display device” is the “variation time” in the special figure 1 or special symbol 2 variable display time determination table shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 and the “effect mode in the decorative symbol display device”. It is associated with “variation time” so as to be the same as the association. When the “fluctuation time” is “8000 ms”, it is “out of”, “10000 ms” is “normal reach out”, “40000 ms” is “reach A out”, “60000 ms” is “reach B out”, and “15000 ms”. Is “per normal reach”, “45,000 ms” is “per reach A”, and “65000 ms” is “per reach B”.

  “No notice” on the right side of the “Decoration mode on decoration design display device” indicates that the common notice is not normally executed, and “Notice X” on the right side corresponds to the notice X as a common notice. "Notice Y" next to the right indicates that a notice corresponding to the notice Y is executed as a common common notice. “No notice”, “Notice X” and “Notice Y” are each divided by a numerical range (0 to 99) of random numbers to be compared with the obtained normal notice execution determination random number value, and corresponding to “variable time”. It is divided into two.

  When “Variation time” is “8000 ms”, a value of 0 to 89 is assigned to “No notice”, a value of 90 to 99 is assigned to “Notice X”, and a value is assigned to “Notice Y”. Absent. In FIG. 13, the fact that no numerical value is assigned is represented as “−”. When “Variation time” is “10000 ms”, a value of 0 to 49 is assigned to “No notice”, a value of 50 to 89 is assigned to “Notice X”, and a value of 90 to 99 is assigned to “Notice Y”. It has been. When “Variation time” is “40000 ms”, a value of 0 to 29 is assigned to “No notice”, a value of 30 to 79 is assigned to “Notice X”, and a value of 80 to 99 is assigned to “Notice Y”. It has been. When “Variation time” is “60000 ms”, numerical values 0 to 9 are assigned to “no notice”, numerical values 10 to 59 are assigned to “notice X”, and numerical values 60 to 99 are assigned to “notice Y”. It has been. When “Variation time” is “15000 ms”, a value of 0 to 49 is assigned to “No notice”, a value of 50 to 79 is assigned to “Notice X”, and a value of 80 to 99 is assigned to “Notice Y”. It has been. When “Variation time” is “45000 ms”, numerical values 0 to 19 are assigned to “No notice”, numerical values 20 to 69 are assigned to “Notice X”, and numerical values 70 to 99 are assigned to “Notice Y”. It has been. When “Variation time” is “65000 ms”, a value of 0 to 4 is assigned to “No notice”, a value of 5 to 39 is assigned to “Notice X”, and a value of 40 to 99 is assigned to “Notice Y”. It has been.

  In the present embodiment, the common notice is usually more easily executed when the variation time of the special figure variation game is longer. For example, the probability that “notice X” or “notice Y” is selected is 10% (= 10/100) when “variation time” is “8000 ms”, and 50% (= 40/100 + 10/100) when “10000 ms”. ”, 50% (= 30/100 + 20/100) at“ 15000 ms ”, 70% (= 50/100 + 20/100) at“ 40000 ms ”, 80% (= 50/100 + 30/100) at“ 45000 ms ” It is 90% (= 50/100 + 40/100) at “60000 ms” and 95% (35/100 + 60/100) at “65000 ms”.

  In addition, when the reach effect is the same in the “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device”, the notice corresponding to the “notice Y” is more easily executed than the winning effect. For example, the probability that “notice Y” is selected is 20% (= 20/100) for “per normal reach”, whereas it is 10% (= 10/100) for “out of normal reach”. “Per A” is 30% (= 30/100), whereas “Leach A Out” is 20% (= 20/100), and “Reach B” is 60% (= 60/100). On the other hand, it is 40% (= 40/100) in the case of “reach out of reach B”.

  FIG. 14 shows an example of the button notice table used in step S1304 in the notice execution process of the first sub-control unit at the start of change described later. The button notice table is stored in the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400, for example. The button notice table is used for determining whether or not to execute a button notice effect for notifying the result of the determination of whether or not the change is appropriate in the next special figure variable game to be started. The button notice table is used in common in FIG. 1 and FIG. The button notice table is used in common in all the production modes.

  The button notice table shown in FIG. 14 is divided into five from the left column: “variation time”, “effect mode on decorative symbol display device”, “button effect non-execution”, “chance!”, And “super hot!”. It is divided. "Variation display" is "variation time" determined using the special figure 1 or special figure 2 fluctuation display time determination table shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 12, and the main control unit timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. In the command transmission setting process (step S233), the variable time transmitted as a special figure timer number from the main control unit 300 to the first sub control unit 400 is shown. “Variation time” is divided into seven types of “8000 ms”, “10000 ms”, “40000 ms”, “60000 ms”, “15000 ms”, “45000 ms”, and “65000 ms” as in the normal common notice table shown in FIG. Has been. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, for example, the button operation time cannot be ensured in the effect that the variation time of the special figure variation game is relatively short, such as the variation time of 1500 ms is not shortened. It is like that. In addition, when the button notice effect is being executed, the effect mode is not changed. For example, the pachinko machine 100 determines whether or not to execute the button notice effect when the variation time of the special figure variation game is relatively long (for example, 8000 ms or more).

  The “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” on the right side of the “variable time” diagram indicates the effect mode of the special figure variable game. The “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” is the same as the normal common notice table shown in FIG.

  “Button effect non-execution” on the right side of the “effect mode on the decorative design display device” indicates that the button notice effect is not executed, and “Chance!” On the right side of the drawing indicates the word “Chance!” Indicates that the notice effect is to be executed by the effect image including “”, and “Gekiatsu!” Next to the right indicates that the notice effect is executed by the effect image including the characters “Gekiatsu!”. Yes. “Button production non-execution”, “Chance!” And “Gekiatsu!” Are in the numerical range (0 to 99) of random numbers to be compared with the acquired button notice execution determination random value corresponding to “variation time”. Each is divided.

  When “Variation time” is “8000 ms” and “10000 ms”, numerical values 0-99 are assigned to “button production non-execution”, and numerical values are assigned to “chance!” Absent. In FIG. 14, the fact that no numerical value is assigned is represented as “−”. When “Fluctuation time” is “40000 ms”, a numerical value of 0 to 89 is assigned to “button production non-execution”, a numerical value of 90 to 95 is assigned to “Chance!”, And a numerical value of 96 is assigned to “Super hot!”. ~ 99 are assigned. When the “variation time” is “60000 ms”, a numerical value of 0 to 89 is assigned to “button production non-execution”, a numerical value of 90 to 94 is assigned to “Chance!”, And a numerical value of 95 is assigned to “Super hot!”. ~ 99 are assigned. When “Variation time” is “15000 ms”, a numerical value of 0 to 97 is assigned to “button production non-execution”, a numerical value of 98 is assigned to “Chance!”, And a numerical value of 99 is assigned to “Super hot!”. It has been. When “Variation time” is “45000 ms”, a numerical value of 0 to 69 is assigned to “button production non-execution”, a numerical value of 70 to 89 is assigned to “Chance!”, And a numerical value of 90 is assigned to “Super hot!”. ~ 99 are assigned. When the “variation time” is “65000 ms”, a numerical value of 0 to 69 is assigned to “button production non-execution”, a numerical value of 70 to 79 is assigned to “Chance!”, And a numerical value of 80 is assigned to “Gekiatsu !!”. ~ 99 are assigned.

  In the present embodiment, when the “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” is “out” or “shortened out” shown in FIG. 11, the button notice effect is not executed. Although details will be described later, in the present embodiment, when the button notice effect is executed when a button other than “button effect non-execution” is selected, in the special figure variable game in which the button notice effect is executed, Changes are now regulated.

  Further, in the present embodiment, when the reach effect is the same in the “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device”, the button notice effect is more easily executed than the winning effect. For example, in the case of “normal reach”, in the case of “out of place”, the probability that the button notice effect is executed by “chance!” Or “super hot!” Is 0% (= 0/100). In the case of “winning”, it is 2% (= 1/100 + 1/100). In the case of “out of normal reach”, the button notice effect is not executed. Therefore, when the button notice effect is executed in the case of “normal reach”, the special figure variable game is determined to be hit.

  In addition, in the case of “reach A”, the probability of executing the button notice effect by “chance!” Or “gekiatsu!” Is “10%” (= 6/100 + 4/100). On the other hand, in the case of “hit”, it is 30% (= 20/100 + 10/100). In the case of “reach B”, the probability of executing the button notice effect by “chance!” Or “super hot!” In the case of “out of” is 10% (= 5/100 + 5/100) In the case of “hit”, it is 30% (= 10/100 + 20/100).

  FIG. 15 shows an example of a prefetch notice table used in step S1203 in the prefetch notice execution process of the first sub-control unit when starting information winning is described later. The prefetch notice table is stored in the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400, for example. The pre-reading notice table is based on starting information (a set of special figure random number values) corresponding to the pre-reading result determined to perform the pre-reading notice notification from the latest symbol change stop display at the time when it is determined to perform the pre-reading notice notice. This is used to determine whether or not to perform the pre-read notice notification over the stop display. The pre-read notice table is used in common in FIG. 1 and FIG.

  The prefetch notice table shown in FIG. 15 is divided into five from the left column: “change time”, “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device”, “princess mode”, “Yoshimune mode”, and “爺 mode”. . "Variation display" is "variation time" determined using the special figure 1 or special figure 2 fluctuation display time determination table shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 12, and the main control unit timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. In the command transmission setting process (step S233), the variable time transmitted as a special figure timer number from the main control unit 300 to the first sub control unit 400 is shown. The “variation time” is divided into four categories: “40000 ms”, “60000 ms”, “45000 ms”, and “65000 ms”.

  The “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” on the right side of the “variable time” diagram is an effect mode of the special figure variable game, and indicates an effect mode of the execution target of the pre-reading notice. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the “effect pattern on the decorative symbol display device” is any one of “reach out of reach A”, “out of reach B”, “per reach A”, and “per reach B”. Only in advance, the pre-reading notice is executed.

  “Princess Mode”, “Yoshimune Mode”, and “Saddle Mode” from the right side of the “Decoration Mode on Decoration Design Display Device” are the types of rendering modes set in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. Is shown. “Princess mode”, “Yoshimune mode”, and “Midori mode” are compared with the random number value for determining the prefetching advance notice execution obtained from the random number counter for determining the prefetching notice execution provided in the RAM 408 corresponding to the “variation time”. It is divided by a numerical range (0 to 99) of random numbers.

  In the “princess mode”, when the “variation time” is “4000 ms” (the production mode is “reach A miss”), the values 0 to 39, and “60000 ms” (the production mode is “reach B miss”), the values 0 to 29, “ Numerical values 0 to 19 are assigned to “45000 ms” (the production mode is “reach A big hit”), and numerical values 0 to 9 are assigned to “65000 ms” (the production mode is “reach B big hit”).

  In the “Yoshimune mode”, when the “variation time” is “4000 ms”, the values 0 to 19, “06000 ms” are the values 0 to 9, “45000 ms” is the values 0 to 49, and “65000 ms” is the values 0 to 79. Assigned.

  Also, in the “爺 mode”, no numerical value is assigned to “Fluctuation time” of “40000 ms” and “60000 ms”, and “Rendering mode on decoration pattern display device” is “Reach A off” and “Reach B”. In “out of”, the pre-reading notice is not executed. On the other hand, in the “爺 mode”, numerical values 0 to 9 are assigned when the “variation time” is “45000 ms”, and numerical values 0 to 19 are assigned to the “65000 ms”. In FIG. 15, the fact that no numerical value is assigned is represented as “−”.

  Here, the reliability of the “Princess Mode”, “Yoshimune Mode”, and “Midori Mode” will be described. The degree of reliability (%) indicates the probability of deriving a specific success / failure determination result, that is, the probability of winning a “big hit” when a pre-reading notice is executed. Appearance rate of prefetch notice notification) / (appearance rate of prefetch notice notice at the time of hit + appearance rate of prefetch notice notice at the time of deviation) × 100 ”.

  As shown in FIG. 15, in the “princess mode”, the distribution of random numbers is greater in “reach out of reach A” or “out of reach B” than in “per reach A” or “per reach B”. For this reason, the pre-reading notice in the “Princess Mode” is more likely to be executed when it is out of the win and is less likely to be a big hit, so the reliability of the “Princess Mode” is relatively low. In the “Yoshimune mode”, random numbers are distributed more frequently in “per reach A” or “per reach B” than in “reach out of reach A” or “out of reach B”. For this reason, since the pre-reading notice in the “Yoshimune mode” is more likely to be executed in the case of hitting than the loss, it is likely to be a big hit, so the reliability of the “Yoshimune mode” is relatively high. Further, in the “爺 mode”, random numbers are not assigned to “reach A miss” or “reach B miss”. For this reason, the pre-reading notice in the “爺 mode” is executed only in the case of winning and the winning is determined. Therefore, the reliability of the “爺 mode” is higher than that of the “Yoshimune mode”.

  As described above, in this embodiment, the pre-reading notice is set to a different reliability for each production mode of “Princess Mode”, “Yoshimune Mode”, and “Midori Mode”. In the present embodiment, when the pre-reading notice is executed, the reliability of “爺 mode”, “Yoshimune mode”, and “Princess mode” increases in this order. Further, in the “」 mode ”, the prefetching notice is executed only in the case of a big hit, so the reliability of the prefetching notice is 100%, and when the prefetching notice is executed in the“ 爺 mode ”, the prefetching notice is executed. The special figure variation game based on the start information that is the subject of the advance notice is determined to be a big hit.

  Next, the appearance rate of the prefetch notice in each production mode will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 15, the appearance rate of the pre-read notice notification in the “princess mode” is 40% (= 40/100 × 100) when the “effect mode on the decorative symbol display device” is “reach out of reach A”. In the case of “reach out of reach B”, 30% (= 30/100 × 100), in the case of “per reach A”, 20% (= 20/100 × 100), in the case of “per reach B” Is 10% (= 10/100 × 100). In addition, the appearance rate of the pre-reading notice in “Yoshimune mode” is 20% (= 20/100 × 100) when “Render A is off” when “Decoration mode on decorative design display device” is “Reach B”. In the case of “out of contact”, 10% (= 10/100 × 100), in the case of “per reach A”, 50% (= 50/100 × 100), in the case of “per reach B”, 80% ( = 80/100 × 100). Furthermore, the appearance rate of the pre-reading notice notification in the “爺 mode” is 0% (= 0/100 × 100) when the “appearance mode on the decorative symbol display device” is “reach out of reach A”, and “reach B”. 0% (= 0/100 × 100) in the case of “out of”, 10% (= 10/100) in the case of “per reach A”, and 20% (= 20 in the case of “per reach B”) / 100 × 100).

  Next, the special figure prefetching process will be described with reference to FIGS. FIGS. 16 and 17 are flowcharts showing the flow of the special figure prefetching process (step S224) in the main controller timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 16, in the special figure prefetching process, first, it is determined whether or not the current control state is in electric support (step S1000). In step S1000, for example, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not the time reduction flag is in an on state.

  In step S1001, it is determined whether or not a special figure 2 starting port 232 has been won. For example, the determination as to whether or not there has been a prize is made by referring to the special figure 2 reservation number stored in the special figure 2 reservation number storage area and the special figure 2 prefetch number stored in the special figure 2 prefetch number storage area described later. To compare. The main control unit 300 compares the special figure 2 hold number with the special figure 2 prefetch number, and if the special figure 2 hold number is larger than the special figure 2 prefetch number, the special figure 2 start port 232 has won a prize. Determination is made and the process proceeds to step S1002. On the other hand, when the special figure 2 hold number is equal to the special figure 2 look-ahead number, or when the special figure 2 hold number storage area is full when the ball entering the special figure 2 start port 232 is detected, The main control unit 300 determines that the special figure 2 starting port 232 has not won a prize, and ends the special figure prefetching process without performing the processes of steps S1002 to S1007 described later.

  In step S1002, the main control unit 300 prefetches the winning determination random number value and the winning special figure determining random value related to the winning special figure 2 starting information. Prior to the success / failure determination in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229), the value of the special figure probability variation flag, the pre-fetched random number for hit determination, and the success / failure shown in FIG. 10 (a) or FIG. 10 (b). Using the determination table, a prior determination is made as to whether or not the determination of success or failure is a big hit. If the preliminary determination result is a big hit, the main control unit 300 moves to step S1003.

  In step S1003, the main control unit 300 uses the pre-read random number value for determining the special figure for winning time and the special figure determining table shown in FIG. Stop symbol) is determined in advance, and the process proceeds to step S1004.

  In step S1002, when determining that the pre-determination result is not a big hit, the main control unit 300 proceeds to step S1005. In step S1005, the main control unit 300 uses the special figure probability variation flag value, the pre-reading hit random number value, and the success / failure determination table shown in FIG. 10 (a) or 10 (b). A prior determination is made as to whether or not the determination is a small hit. If the preliminary determination result is a small hit, the main control unit 300 moves to step S1006.

  In step S1006, the main control unit 300 uses the pre-read random number for determining the special figure for winning time and the special figure determining table shown in FIG. 10C to stop display after the special figure 2 variable game ( Stop symbol) is determined in advance, and the process proceeds to step S1004.

  In step S1005, if the main control unit 300 determines that the prior determination result is not a small hit, the process proceeds to step S1007. In step S1007, the main control unit 300 uses the value of the special figure probability variation flag, the pre-read random symbol value for symbol determination and the special symbol determination table shown in FIG. The symbol to be stopped and displayed (stop symbol) is determined in advance, and the process proceeds to step S1004.

  In step S1004, the lottery of the variation time of the special figure variable game is performed based on the stop symbol determined in advance in step S1003, S1006, or S1007. The main control unit 300 uses, for example, the stop symbol, the special figure timer number determination random number value, and the special figure variable game fluctuation time (special figure timer number) using the special figure 2 variable display time determination table shown in FIG. ) Is determined and the special figure prefetching process is terminated.

  Further, in step S1004, for example, the pre-determined result of special figure 2 (also referred to as special figure 2 pre-read result) obtained by executing the special figure 2 pre-reading process and pre-determined, and the special figure timer number pre-determined in step S1004 Is stored in a special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit (not shown) provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. The main control unit 300 stores the pre-determined special figure 2 variable game stop symbol and special figure timer number as the special figure 2 prefetching result in the earliest free area of the special figure 2 prefetching result storage unit. Yes. In the present embodiment, the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit can store, for example, up to four special figure 2 prefetch results.

  The RAM 308 also has a special figure 2 prefetch number storage area for storing the number of special figure 2 prefetch results stored in the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit as the special figure 2 prefetch number. Each time the special figure 2 prefetch number increases by one, the main control unit 300 writes new special figure 2 prefetch result information in the next rank after the special figure 2 prefetch result information of the lowest rank (last). In the present embodiment, the prefetch process is performed for the increment of the hold, but the special figure prefetch process may be performed for all the hold each time.

  In step S1000, for example, when the main control unit 300 determines that the time reduction flag is in the off state and is not in the electric support state, the process proceeds to step S1101 shown in FIG. Each process performed in steps S1101 to S1107 shown in FIG. 17 is the same as the process in which “Special Figure 2” in the contents of Steps S1001 to S1007 described with reference to FIG. 16 is replaced with “Special Figure 1”. Description is omitted.

  The pre-determination process in FIGS. 16 and 17 is executed by referring to the success / failure determination table and the special figure determination table used at the time of the determination, but a special determination table may be used for the prefetching process.

  Next, the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the flow of the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning that is executed, for example, in the effect control process (step S309) shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 18, in the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning, it is first determined whether or not the pre-reading execution flag is on (step S1201). In step S1201, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the value of the prefetching execution flag stored in the predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, and if the value is “1”, the prefetching execution flag is in the on state. The first sub-control unit prefetching process at the time of starting information winning is finished without executing steps S1202 to S1208, which will be described later, and if the value is “0”, the prefetching execution flag is off. And the process proceeds to step S1202.

  In step S1202 subsequent to step S1201, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 shows the variation time that is pre-determined in step S1004 and transmitted as the special figure timer number from the main control unit 300 to the first sub-control unit 400. It is determined whether or not any of the “variation times” (predetermined variation times) shown in FIG. If the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the variation time transmitted as the special figure timer number is one of the “variation times” shown in FIG. 15, the first sub-control unit 400 proceeds to step S1203 and sets the “variation time” shown in FIG. If it is determined that neither of them is satisfied, steps S1203 to S1208, which will be described later, are not executed, and the first sub-control unit prefetching process at the time of starting information winning is terminated.

  In step S1203 following step S1202, it is determined using the prefetch notice table shown in FIG. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the value of the effect mode flag read from a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, the variation time transmitted as the special figure timer number, and the random number counter for pre-reading notice execution selection determination provided in the RAM 408. Using the random number value for determining the pre-reading notice execution winning obtained from the above and the pre-reading notice table shown in FIG. In the present embodiment, there are three types of effect mode flags, “Princess Mode”, “Yoshimune Mode”, and “Midori Mode”. In the on state, the value of the flag is set to “1” and off. In the state, the value of the flag is set to “0”. In the present embodiment, the production mode is always set to any one of “Princess Mode”, “Yoshimune Mode”, and “Samurai Mode”. Any one of these has a value of “1”, and the remaining two have a value of “0”.

  In step S1204 following step S1203, it is determined whether or not the execution of the prefetch notice in step S1203 has been won. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 proceeds to step S1205 if it is determined that the execution of the pre-reading notice has been won, and if it is determined that the first sub-control unit 400 is not selected, the first sub-control unit 400 does not execute steps S1205 to S1208 described later, The control unit prefetch process is terminated.

  In step S1205 following step S1204, for example, the number of executions of the prefetch notice is set based on the number-of-holds information included in the prefetch result information command transmitted from the main control unit 300. For example, when the first sub-control unit 400 executes the processes from step S1201 to S1204 for the third hold (holding number information is “3”), for example, “3” is set as the pre-reading notice execution count, for example, in the RAM 408. And the process proceeds to step S1206. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment determines the number of executions of the prefetching notice by determining the number of executions of the prefetching notice based on the number-of-holds information. It is configured to be able to execute the prefetch notice notification over one or a plurality of symbol variations until the symbol variation stop display based on the special symbol random value set corresponding to the prefetching result determined to be performed.

  In step S1206 following step S1205, the pre-reading notice execution flag is turned on to indicate that the prefetching notice is being executed. The first sub-control unit 400 sets, for example, “1” as the value of the flag to a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 in order to set the pre-reading execution flag indicating whether or not the pre-reading notice is being executed. To remember. As a result, the prefetch notice is set during execution. When the first sub-control unit 400 does not execute the pre-reading notice, the first sub-control unit 400 stores “0” as the value of the flag in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 and sets the pre-reading execution flag to the off state. Set to. If the first sub-control unit 400 sets the prefetching execution flag to the on state, the first sub control unit 400 proceeds to step S1207.

  In step S1207 following step S1206, the prefetch type is stored. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 stores the predetermined special figure stop symbol and the special figure timer number (variation time) as the prefetch type in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, and proceeds to step S1208. The variation time stored as the prefetch type is used in a prefetch execution restoration lottery described later.

  In step S1208 following step S1207, a prefetch notice command is output to the decorative symbol display device 208. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 displays a command including information on a pre-reading notice image (details will be described later) corresponding to the current presentation mode and a display color of a hold display image (details will be described later) as a decorative symbol display device. The first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning is finished. In the present embodiment, the display color of the hold display image is determined with reference to the prefetch notice table shown in FIG. 15, but the pachinko machine 100 may separately provide a display color determination table for the hold display image. .

  Next, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 to 20 are flowcharts showing the flow of the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game executed in the effect control process (step S309) shown in FIG. 8, for example. This process is executed once for each special figure variation game.

  As shown in FIG. 19, in the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game, first, a common common advance notice lottery process is executed (step S1301). In step S <b> 1301, for example, the first sub-control unit 400, the variation time as the special figure timer number included in the command transmitted from the main control unit 300, the normal common notice table shown in FIG. 13 read from the ROM 406, and the RAM 408. The normal common notice execution determination random number value obtained from the normal common notice execution determination random number counter provided in is used to determine whether or not the normal common notice is executed, and when the normal common notice is executed, the notice X and the notice Y Determine which of the winners. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 outputs a command including information on these lottery results to the decorative symbol display device 208, and the process proceeds to step S1302. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the common common notice notification is not normally executed in an effect having a relatively short variation time (for example, shortened variation).

  In step S1302 following step S1301, it is determined whether or not the pre-reading execution flag is in an on state. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the value of the pre-reading execution flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, and determines that the pre-reading execution flag is on when the value is “1”. Then, the process proceeds to step S1401 shown in FIG. 20, and if the value is “0”, it is determined that the prefetching execution flag is in an off state, and the process proceeds to step S1303.

  In step S1303 subsequent to step S1302, it is determined whether or not the variation time of the special figure variation game to be started next is a variation time excluding the variation time in the specific variation time, that is, the variation time in the short-term deviation and the chance variation. . The specific variation time has such a length that the player can operate the chance button 136 in order to change the effect mode. For example, seven variation times set as “variation time” in the button notice table shown in FIG. It is a variable time. In the present embodiment, the shortened variation is excluded from the specific variation time because the variation time is short and the time for the player to operate the chance button 136 cannot be secured sufficiently. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines whether or not the variation time used in step S1301 corresponds to a specific variation time. If it is determined that the change is true, the process proceeds to step S1304. The first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated without executing S1304 to 1308.

  In step S1304 following step S1303, a button notice lottery process is executed. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines the variation time as a determination target in step S1303, the button notification table shown in FIG. 14 read from the ROM 306, and the button acquired from the button notification execution determination random number counter provided in the RAM 408. A lottery process for determining whether or not to execute the button notice is executed using the notice execution determination random number value, and the process proceeds to step S1305.

In step S1305 after step S1304, it is determined whether or not a button notice is won. For example, if the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the button notice has been won, the first sub-control unit 400 stores in the predetermined area of the RAM 408 whether “Chance!” Or “Gekiatsu!” Has been won, and step S1306 is performed. Migrate to
On the other hand, if the first sub-control unit 400 determines that it has not been won for executing the button notice (winning “button effect not executed” in the button notice table), it proceeds to step S1308, and the button effect process 2 (details). Is executed later, and the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated.

  In step S1306 following step S1305, in order to set a button notice flag indicating whether or not button notice is being executed to an on state, for example, “1” is set as a value of the flag in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408. Remember. Accordingly, the button notice is set during execution, and a push button notice effect described later with reference to FIG. 24 is started, and the effect mode is not changed even if the player operates the start button 136.

  In step S1307 following step S1306, button effect processing 1 (details will be described later) is executed, and the first sub-control unit advance notice processing at the start of the special figure variable game is ended.

  In step S1401 following step S1302, it is determined whether or not the prefetching restricting flag is on. Here, the prefetching regulation will be described. The pre-read notice notification is executed in a notification mode corresponding to the effect mode when the notification is executed. For example, the prefetch notice notification when the effect mode is “Yoshimune mode” is performed by displaying a prefetch notice notice image including an image representing “Yoshimune” in the effect display area 208 d of the decorative symbol display device 208. As a result, it is possible to achieve a unified production between the pre-reading notice and the production mode. However, when the effect mode is changed, the display mode of the effect mode is changed, whereas the display mode of the prefetch notice image is not changed. For this reason, the display mode of the pre-reading notice and the display mode of the effect mode do not correspond, and the uniformity between the pre-reading notice and the effect mode is lost. As a result, the player may feel unnecessary distrust of the performance performed using the decorative symbol display device 208, and the interest may be reduced. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is configured to prevent a decrease in interest by restricting the pre-reading notice when the production mode is changed. The restriction of the prefetch notice notification is achieved at least by preventing the player from seeing the prefetch notice notice image. For example, the prefetch notice notification image is deleted from the effect display area 208d, or other images are displayed on the player side than the prefetch notice notice image, and the prefetch notice is displayed with the other images. This includes hiding the notification image.

  In step S1401, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the value of the prefetching restriction flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, and if the value is “1”, the prefetching restriction flag is on. The process proceeds to step S1402, and if the value is “0”, it is determined that the prefetching restricting flag is in an off state, and the process proceeds to step S1406 without executing steps S1402 to S1405 described later. Transition.

  In step S1402 subsequent to step S1401, a prefetching execution restoration lottery is executed based on the prefetching type stored in the predetermined area of the RAM 408 in step S1207 in the first sub-control unit prefetching notice execution process at the time of starting information winning. The pre-reading execution resurrection lottery is a lottery that determines whether or not the pre-reading notice notification regulated in the button effect process 2 described later is executed again as the pre-reading notice notice corresponding to the current effect mode. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is acquired from the prefetch notice table stored in the ROM 406, the prefetch type and effect mode flag values stored in the RAM 408, and the prefetch notice execution selection random number counter provided in the RAM 408. Whether or not to restore the pre-reading notice is determined using the pre-reading notice execution winning determination random number, and the process proceeds to step S1403.

  In step S1403 following step S1402, it is determined whether or not the restoration lottery of the pre-reading notice in step S1402 has been won. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 proceeds to step S1404 if it is determined that the resurrection lottery for the pre-read notice notification is won, and proceeds to step S1406 without executing steps S1404 and S1405 described later if it is determined that the winning is not successful.

  In step S1404 following step S1403, a prefetch notice command is output to the decorative symbol display device 208. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 outputs a command including information of a prefetch notice image (details will be described later) corresponding to the current effect mode to the decorative symbol display device 208, and the process proceeds to step S1405.

  In step S1405 following step S1404, the prefetching restricting flag is set to an off state. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets “0” as the value of the pre-reading restriction flag in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 in order to set that the pre-reading notice is started again and the restriction of the notice ends. Store it and go to step S1406.

  In step S1406 following step S1401, step S1403, or step S1405, button effect processing 2 (details will be described later) in which the effect mode can be changed is executed, and the process proceeds to step S1407.

  In step S1407 following step S1406, the number of pre-read notice executions is decreased by “1”. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the value of the pre-reading notice execution count stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, subtracts “1” from the read value, and proceeds to step S1408.

  In step S1408 following step S1407, it is determined whether or not the number of pre-reading notice executions obtained by subtracting “1” in step S1407 is “0”. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 stores the value after subtraction of the number of prefetching notice executions in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, and determines that the number of prefetching notice executions after subtraction is “0”, the process proceeds to step S1409. If it is determined that it is not “0”, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated without executing step 1409 described later.

  In step S1409 following step S1408, the prefetching execution flag and the prefetching restriction flag are set to an off state. In step S1407, the number of pre-reading notice executions is “0”, and the special figure variable game of the number of times of performing the pre-reading notice notification ends. For this reason, the first sub-control unit 400 indicates that the prefetch notice notification has ended, for example, the flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 in order to set the prefetch notice execution flag to an off state. "0" is stored as the value of. In addition, since it is not necessary to restrict the prefetching notice notification when the special figure variable game for which the prefetching notice is to be executed ends, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 uses the RAM 408 to set the prefetching restriction flag to an off state. “0” is stored as the value of the flag stored in the predetermined storage area, and the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated. The off states of these flags are set after the button effect process 2 is executed.

  Next, a specific process of the button effect process 1 (step S1307) in the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the flow of the button effect process 1.

  As shown in FIG. 21, in the button effect process 1, first, the execution period of the push button notice effect is set (step S1501). For example, the first sub controller 400 is stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, sets the timer 1 as the execution period of the push button notice effect to a predetermined value (for example, 3 seconds), and proceeds to step S1502.

  In step S1502 following step S1501, timer 1 subtraction processing is executed. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the value of timer 1 from the RAM 408, subtracts 1 from the read value, and proceeds to step S1503.

  In step S1503 following step S1502, it is determined whether or not the value of timer 1 subjected to the subtraction process in step S1502 is “0”. For example, if the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the value of the timer 1 is not “0”, the process proceeds to step S1504. If the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the value is “0”, the execution period of the push button notice effect ends. Therefore, the process proceeds to step S1507 without executing steps S1504 to S1506, which will be described later.

  In step S1504 following step S1503, it is determined whether or not button input by the player has been detected. For example, when the player operates (presses) the chance button 136 and button input is detected by the chance button sensor 426 and the sensor circuit 428, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the button input has been executed, The process proceeds to step S1505. On the other hand, if the chance button sensor 426 and the sensor circuit 428 do not detect the button input, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the button input is not executed, and proceeds to step S1502. The first sub-control unit 400 repeatedly executes steps S1502 to S1504 unless the value of the timer 1 is “0” and the player does not operate the chance button 136.

  In step S1505 following step S1504, a button notice command output process is executed. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 outputs a push button notice command to the decorative symbol display device 208 in order to execute a button notice effect. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 generates the button notice effect based on the current effect mode and the winning content stored in the RAM 408 in step S1304 in the first sub-control part notice execution process at the start of the special figure variable game. Is displayed, a command including the content of the button notice effect is output to the decorative symbol display device 208, and the process proceeds to step S1506.

  In step S1506 following step S1505, a rewriting process for setting the value of timer 1 to “0” is executed. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 rewrites the value of timer 1 stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 408 to “0”, and proceeds to step S1507. By the processing in step S1506, the operation of the chance button 136 after the advance command is output (the chance button 136 is pressed twice) is invalidated.

  In step S1507 following step S1503 or step S1506, the button notice flag is set to an off state. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 rewrites the value of the button notice flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 to “0”, sets the button notice flag to an off state, and ends the button effect process 1. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a button notice effect when the chance button 136 is operated during the execution period of the push button notice effect or when the execution period ends without the chance button 136 being operated. Is supposed to end.

  The button effect process 1 can execute a button notice effect accompanied by an operation of the chance button 136 during the effective period of the effect mode change (for example, 3 seconds) until the timer for push button notice becomes 0, During an effective period in which the operation of the chance button 136 in the button notice effect is possible (for example, the button notice flag is in an on state), the button notice effect is given priority and the change of the effect mode is restricted. In other words, when the button notice flag is on, even if the player operates the chance button 136, the effect mode is not switched (stage change).

  Next, the specific process of the button effect process 2 (steps S1307 and S1308) in the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the flow of the button effect process 2.

  As shown in FIG. 22, in the button effect process 2, first, a changeable period of the effect mode is set (step S1601). For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, sets the timer 2 for changing the effect mode to a predetermined value (for example, 5 seconds) as the effective period of the effect mode selection, and proceeds to step S1602. To do. The effect mode changeable period is, for example, a period during which a player can operate the chance button 136 during a special figure variation game, and the first symbol after the special figure variation game is started changes the symbol variation. The period until the stop (in this embodiment, 5 seconds) is set.

  In step S1602 following step S1601, a timer 2 subtraction process is executed. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the value of timer 2 from the RAM 408, subtracts 1 from the read value, and proceeds to step S1603.

  In step S1603 following step S1602, it is determined whether or not the value of timer 2 subjected to the subtraction process in step S1602 is “0”. For example, if the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the value of the timer 2 is not “0”, the process proceeds to step S1604. If the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the value is “0”, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the effect mode changeable period has ended. Then, the button effect process 2 is terminated without executing steps S1604 to S1608 described later.

  In step S1604 following step S1603, it is determined whether or not button input by the player has been detected. For example, when the player operates (presses) the chance button 136 and button input is detected by the chance button sensor 426 and the sensor circuit 428, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the button input has been executed, The process proceeds to step S1605. On the other hand, if the chance button sensor 426 and the sensor circuit 428 do not detect the button input, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the button input is not being executed, and proceeds to step S1602. The first sub-control unit 400 repeatedly executes steps S1602 to S1604 unless the value of the timer 2 is “0” and the player does not operate the chance button 136.

  In step S1605 subsequent to step S1604, an output process of an effect mode change command is executed. For example, in order to change the effect mode, the first sub-control unit 400 outputs an effect mode change command to the decorative symbol display device 208, and the process proceeds to step S1606. By executing the processing in step S1605, various effects are executed in the display mode of the decorative symbol display device 208 in a display mode different from the display mode displayed so far. In step S1605, the value of the effect mode flag is rewritten. For example, when the production mode is changed from “Yoshimune mode” to “爺 mode”, the value of the production mode flag of “Yoshimune mode” is rewritten from “1” to “0”, and the production mode flag of “爺 mode” Is rewritten from “0” to “1”.

  In step S1606 following step S1605, it is determined whether or not the pre-reading execution flag is on. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the value of the pre-reading execution flag stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 408, and if the value is “1”, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the pre-reading notice is being executed. The process advances to step S1607, and if the value is “0”, it is determined that the prefetch notice notification is not being executed, and the process advances to step S1602. Even if the value of timer 2 is not “0” and the effect mode is changed by the player operating the chance button 136, the first sub-control unit 400 does not execute the pre-reading execution flag unless the pre-reading execution flag is on. S1606 is repeatedly executed. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is in the case where the pre-reading notice is not executed and within the production mode change period, every time the player operates the chance button 136, the “princess mode → Yoshimune mode → 爺The production mode is repeatedly changed in the order of “mode → princess mode”.

  In step S1607 subsequent to step S1606, output processing of a prefetch notice restriction command is executed. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 outputs a prefetch notice restriction command to the decorative symbol display device 208 in order to restrict the display of the prefetch notice notification image displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208. The process moves to S1608. By executing the process of step S1607, the pre-read notice image that corresponds to the pre-change effect mode but does not correspond to the post-change effect mode is displayed in the effect display area 208d so that it is not visually recognized by the player. Be regulated.

  The button effect process 2 includes a timer for changing the effect mode which is the effective period of the effect mode selection during the symbol change stop display. When the effect mode is changed by the operation of the chance button 136, the symbol change stop is performed. It is configured to restrict execution of the pre-reading notice during display. In addition, the button effect process 2 is configured to end the prefetch notice notification corresponding to the effect mode before the change when the effect mode is changed by the operation of the chance button 136.

  In step S1608 following step S1607, the prefetching restricting flag is set to the on state. For example, the first sub control unit 400 rewrites the value of the prefetching restricting flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 to “1”, sets the prefetching restricting flag to the on state, and proceeds to step S1602. By executing the process of step S1608, the pachinko machine 100 does not execute the prefetching notice notification unless the prefetching restriction flag is turned off. If the value of timer 2 is not “0”, the chance button 136 is operated by the player, and the pre-reading execution flag is on, the first sub-control unit 400 repeatedly executes steps S1602 to S1608. To do.

  Next, the special figure variation game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described more specifically with reference to FIGS. FIG. 23 is a diagram for explaining a special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 1-1 of the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, an example will be described in which the button sub-notification is not won (No in step S1305) and the change of the effect mode is allowed in the first sub-control unit notification process at the start of the special figure variable game. FIG. 23A to FIG. 23E show the change modes of the effect mode in the special figure 1 variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in time series in the order indicated by the straight arrows in the figure.

  In FIG. 23A, the special figure 1 variable game in the non-electric support is finished, and “decoration 6-decoration 4—decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c. It shows a state in which it is informed that one variable game is out of play. In addition, the current production mode is set to “princess mode”. Here, the following processing is executed until the game ball is won at the special figure 1 starting port 230 and the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 23B is started.

  For example, first, the main control unit 300 acquires a special figure 1 random value pair stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variable game is started next. At the same time, the stored special figure 1 random number set is deleted and the special figure 1 holding number is decremented by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 acquires a special figure timer number determination random number value and determines a special figure timer number as a variation time of the special figure 1 variable game. In the present embodiment, for example, the determination result is out of order, and the variation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 8000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 23 (b), the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as shown by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 (rotation). The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started.

  Further, the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 18 is executed, and the variation time transmitted as the special timer number from the main control unit 300 to the first sub-control unit 400 is 8000 ms. Therefore, it is determined that it is not the predetermined fluctuation time (No in step S1202), and it is determined not to execute the prefetch notice. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the lottery process (step S1301) of the normal common advance notice is invalid, and the pre-reading execution flag is turned off (in step S1302). No), the fluctuation time is 8000 ms, which is a specific fluctuation time (Yes in step S1303), and the selection is not selected in the lottery process for the button notice (No in steps S1304 and S1305). For this reason, as shown in FIG. 23B, the button notice effect is not executed in the effect display area 208d.

  As shown in FIG. 23 (c), after the special figure 1 variable game is started, the first symbol (the first symbol to be stopped among the decorative symbols changing in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c). The player operates (presses) the chance button 136 within the changeable period of the effect mode until the player stops. When the button effect process 2 (step S1308) is executed and the operation of the chance button 136 is detected within the change period of the effect mode (Yes in step S1604), the first sub-control unit 400 displays the decorative symbol display device. An effect mode change command is output to 208 (step S1605).

  Thereby, as shown in FIG. 23 (d), the effect mode is changed, and the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 becomes a display mode corresponding to the “Yoshimune mode”. Thereafter, when the button effect process 2 is completed and a predetermined time has passed, as shown in FIG. 23 (e), the special figure 1 variable game is completed, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c have “decoration 6”. -"Decoration 4-Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed to notify that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment can be operated by a player's operation within a predetermined period after the start of the special figure 1 variable game when the lottery process for the button notice is not selected. The production mode can be changed. Thereby, since the player can change the production mode according to his / her preference, the interest of the production using the chance button 136 can be improved. Further, in this example, the special figure 1 variable game has been described as an example, but the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment can operate similarly even in the special figure 2 variable game.

  Next, a special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 1-2 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining a special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, an example will be described in which the button notice is won in the first sub-control part notice process at the start of the special figure variable game (Yes in step S1305), and the button notice effect is given priority over the change in the effect mode. . In the present embodiment, the same reference numerals are given to components having the same functions and functions as those of the pachinko machine 100 according to Embodiment 1-1, and the description thereof is omitted. 24 (a) to 24 (g) show button notice effects in the special figure 1 variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in chronological order in the order indicated by the straight arrows.

  FIG. 24A shows that the special figure 1 variable game in the non-electric support is finished, and “decoration 6-decoration 4—decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c. It shows a state in which it is informed that one variable game is out of play. In addition, the current production mode is set to “princess mode”. Here, the following process is executed until the game ball is won at the special figure 1 starting port 230 and the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 24B is started.

  For example, first, the main control unit 300 acquires a special figure 1 random value pair stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variable game is started next. At the same time, the stored special figure 1 random number set is deleted and the special figure 1 holding number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 acquires a special figure timer number determination random number value and determines a special figure timer number as a variation time of the special figure 1 variable game. In this embodiment, for example, the determination result is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure A”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 65000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 24 (b), the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 (rotate). The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. In the present embodiment, since a button notice image 700 described later is displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b is invisible to the player.

Next, the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. Therefore, it is determined that it is a predetermined fluctuation time (Yes in step S1202),
The prefetch lottery process is determined to be non-winning (Yes in steps S1203 and S1204), and it is determined not to execute the prefetch notice. Further, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed. In the normal common advance notice lottery process (step S1301), “notice Y” is won and the pre-reading execution flag is turned off. (No in step S1302), the fluctuation time is 65000 ms, which is a specific fluctuation time (Yes in step S1303), and “Gekiatsu !!” is won in the lottery process for button notice (Yes in steps S1304 and S1305). .

  By winning the button notice lottery process, the button notice flag is turned on (step S1306), and as shown in FIG. 24B, the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 has a push button notice effect. The button preview image 700 is displayed. The button preview image 700 is an image representing the chance button 136, for example.

  As shown in FIG. 24 (c), after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the player selects the chance button within the execution period of the push button notice effect (the period until the timer 1 of the button effect process 1 becomes 0). Operate (press) 136. When the button effect process 1 (step S1307) is executed and the operation of the chance button 136 is detected within the execution period of the push button notice effect (Yes in step S1504), the first sub-control unit 400 displays the decoration symbol. A button notice command is output to the display device 208 (step S1505).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 24 (d), in the effect display area 208d occupying the entire display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, the button notice notification image 800 based on the winning contents of the button notice lottery process (step S1304). Is displayed, and the special figure 1 variable game in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c becomes invisible to the player. In this example, since the present production mode is “Princess Mode”, the button notice notification image 800 is an image representing a state in which the princess has a signboard with “Gekiatsu !!” written on it. ing. As a result, the display mode of the button notice notification image 800 corresponds to the “princess mode” of the effect mode, so that the player does not feel unnecessary distrust with the combination of the image and the effect mode, thereby preventing a decrease in interest. The In this embodiment, since the button notice lottery process is won, the button notice notification effect is given priority over the change of the effect mode. Thus, when the button notice effect is accompanied, the effect mode is not changed. For this reason, when the player presses the chance button 136, the button notice notification effect is executed, but the effect mode is not changed. Thereby, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment may be able to notify the player of more useful information, for example, that the special figure variable game may be a big hit.

  When a predetermined time elapses after the button notice notification image 800 is displayed in the effect display area 208d, the button notice notification image 800 is deleted from the effect display area 208d, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a and 208b of the decorative symbol display device 208 are displayed. , 208c, the symbol variation is displayed again. When a predetermined time further elapses, “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c, respectively, and the symbol variation display is continued in the middle symbol display area 208b as shown in FIG.

  In this embodiment, since “notice Y” is won in the common common notice lottery process, when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. 24 (f), the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b is displayed. The common common notice information image 910 is displayed in the effect display area 208d so as to overlap, and the normal common notice information effect relating to “Notice Y” is executed. The normal common notice notification image 910 is common regardless of the production mode, and is an image representing the character “Sabohani” with a cactus and a haniwa as a motif, for example.

  Further, when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. 24G, the special figure 1 variable game is finished, and “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” is displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c. A stop display is made to notify that the special figure 1 variable game is a big hit.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment gives more useful information to the player by prioritizing the button notice notification effect over the change of the effect mode when winning the button notice lottery process. May be able to notify.

  Next, the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 1-3 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining a special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, a case will be described as an example in which the prefetch notice notification that has been executed during the special figure variable game is restricted. In the present embodiment, the same reference numerals are given to components having the same functions and functions as those of the pachinko machine 100 according to Embodiments 1-1 and 1-2, and the description thereof is omitted.

  25 (a) to 25 (g) show the pre-reading notice regulation in the special figure 1 variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in time series in the order indicated by the straight arrows.

  FIG. 25 (a) shows that, for example, the special figure 1 variable game has already started during non-electric support, and “decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208. In each of the display areas 208b and 208c, a symbol variation display is shown in which the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from the top to the bottom as indicated by the bold arrow pointing downward in the drawing. Also, during this special figure 1 variable game, three game balls win the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the following processing is executed during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game.

  For example, the main control unit 300 pre-determines and pre-determines three reserved special figure 1 variable games, and pre-determines a special figure timer number as a variable time of the special figure 1 variable game. The prior determination result is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. For example, the first determination result is a big hit (variation time is 65000 ms), the second is lost (variation time is 8000 ms), and the third is a big hit (variation time is 65000 ms).

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command including the information on the pre-determination result executes the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 18 for each pre-determination result. For example, in the special figure 1 variable game related to the first and second hold, the pre-read lottery process is not won (No in steps S1203 and S1204). In addition, the special figure 1 variable game related to the third hold is won in the prefetch lottery process (Yes in steps S1203 and S1204), and since it is the third hold, “3” is set as the prefetch advance notice execution count. It is set (step S1205), the pre-reading execution flag is set to the on state (step S1206), and a pre-determination result (stop symbol (for example, “special drawing A” and variation time (65000 ms)) is stored as the prefetching type ( In step S1207), a prefetch notice command including the display color of the hold display image a3 is output to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1208) As a result, as shown in FIG. The circular hold display images a1, a2, and a3 are displayed in the hold display area 208d1 on the lower left side in the effect display area 208d.

  The hold display area 208d1 provided in the effect display area 208d gives the player the number of special figure 1 random value pairs stored in the special figure 1 random value storage area as the special figure 1 hold number (starting hold number). Announcement is possible. The hold display area 208d1 is one special figure 1 variable game for one special figure 1 random value set among a plurality of special figure 1 random value pairs stored in the special figure 1 random value storage area. By performing the hold display, the special figure 1 hold number can be notified. In addition, the hold display area 208d1 changes the hold display of the special figure 1 variable game corresponding to the symbol change display that is the target of the prior notice notification (for example, the hold selected in the prefetch lottery process (step S1203)). The pre-reading notice is configured to be executable.

  In this example, in the hold display area 208d1, the hold display image a1 corresponding to the special figure 1 variable game held on the first and the hold display image a2 corresponding to the special figure 1 variable game held on the second. In addition, a hold display image a3 corresponding to the third special figure 1 variable game held is displayed, which indicates that a total of three special figure 1 variable games are held. In addition, the special figure 1 variable game related to the first and second hold has not been won in the pre-read lottery process, so the default color is, for example, blue, and the special figure related to the third hold Since the 1-variable game is won in the look-ahead lottery process, the display color is changed to, for example, red. The first sub-control unit 400 displays four hold display images in the hold display area 208d1 when four sets of the special figure 1 random value are stored in the special figure 1 random value storage area. In this way, the decorative symbol display device 208 is driven.

  Further, on the lower right side in the effect display area 208d, a hold display area 208d2 for displaying a hold related to the special figure 2 variable game is provided. Since the hold display area 208d2 has the same function and function as the hold display area 208d1 except that the hold of the special figure 2 variable game is displayed, detailed description is omitted. In this example, since the special figure 2 variable game is not held, no hold display image is displayed in the hold display area 208d2.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since “decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, as shown in FIG. 25 (b), “decoration 4-decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the middle right symbol display areas 208b and 208c. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 variable game does not change within the predetermined time, the hold display images a1, a2, and a3 are maintained in the hold display area 208d1.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 acquires the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is started next, and obtains it. The stored special figure 1 random value set is erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding rank is incremented by one, and the special figure 1 reserved number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random number value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is appropriate and the special figure timer number Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the determination result is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure A”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 65000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 25 (c), the decorative symbols are moved (rotated) from top to bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. In the present embodiment, since the pre-reading execution flag is on, the pre-read notice image 710 corresponding to the “Yoshimune mode” that is the current production mode is displayed in the effect display area 208d. The prefetch notice image 710 is an image representing the standing figure of Yoshimune with a fan, for example. The prefetch notice image 710 and the hold display image a3 show the same hold prefetch results, but their appearance timings are different.

  Further, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is decreased by 1, the holding display image a1 becomes a blue circular image as shown in FIG. The hold display image a2 becomes a red circular image, and the display of the hold display image a3 is deleted.

  Further, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the fluctuation time is 65000 ms, and the “common notice” lottery process (step S1301) wins “notice X”. Since the prefetching execution flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restriction flag is off (No in step S1401), the button effect process 2 (step S1406) is executed.

  As shown in FIG. 25 (d), after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, within the changeable period of the effect mode until the first symbol stops (the initial of timer 2 which is the effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 22) Within the set time), the player operates (presses) the chance button 136. When the button effect process 2 (step S1406) is executed and the operation of the chance button 136 is detected within the change period of the effect mode (Yes in step S1604), the first sub-control unit 400 displays the decorative symbol display device. An effect mode change command is output to 208 (step S1605).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 25 (e), the effect mode is changed, and the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 changes from “Yoshimune mode” to “爺 mode”. Furthermore, since the pre-reading execution flag is on (Yes in step S1606), the first sub-control unit 400 outputs a pre-reading notice restriction command to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1607) and the pre-reading restriction flag. Is set to the on state (step S1608). As a result, as shown in FIG. 25E, the prefetch notice image 710 is deleted from the effect display area 208d, and the prefetch notice information is restricted. In addition, when the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment sets the pre-reading restriction flag to the on state, not only the pre-reading notice image 710 corresponding to the pre-change effect mode but also the pre-read notice information corresponding to the post-change effect mode. Display of images and button notice notification images is also restricted.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is capable of performing a plurality of types of prefetching notices using a prefetching notice image and a hold display image. The pachinko machine 100 is configured not to execute at least one prefetching notice and can regulate any one of a plurality of kinds of prefetching notices. That is, if one of the plurality of types of prefetching notices is not executed, it corresponds to the fact that the prefetching notices are restricted even if a plurality of types of remaining prefetching notices are being executed.

  As shown in FIG. 25 (e), the display of the pre-read notice image 710 is restricted, and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c on the decorative symbol display device 208, and the middle symbol is displayed. In the display area 208b, the special figure 1 variation game by the reach effect in which the symbol variation display is executed is displayed.

  In the present embodiment, since “notice X” is won in the common common notice lottery process, when “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c, when a predetermined time elapses, FIG. As shown in f), the normal common notice image 900 is displayed in the effect display area 208d so as to overlap the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b. Thus, the normal common notice notification effect related to “Notice X” is executed. The normal common notice notification image 900 is common regardless of the production mode, and is an image representing a panda having a fan, for example.

  Further, when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. 25 (g), the special figure 1 variable game is ended, and “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” is displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c. A stop display is made to notify that the special figure 1 variable game is a big hit. Since the number of special figure 1 holds does not change during the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIGS. 25 (e) to 25 (g), the display mode of the hold display images a1 and a2 is maintained.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment may be able to preferentially notify the change of the effect mode. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment can maintain the correspondence between the production mode and the pre-reading notice while preferentially informing the change of the production mode. For example, the appearance rate of the notice is changed for each production mode. In some cases, it is possible to have a characteristic unique to the production mode such as changing.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the player operates the chance button 136, the display of the prefetch notice image is restricted. However, the effect mode changed by the player's intention is an important effect, and the interest of the player may be improved by notifying the newly selected effect mode. Further, even if the prefetching notice image is erased, for example, the player can recognize the final change of the prefetching notice in the hold display image or the like. It may be an important performance and the player's interest may be effectively maintained.

  Next, a special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 1-4 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 26 to FIG. 28 are diagrams for explaining special figure variable games in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, an example will be described in which a resurrection lottery is performed after the prefetch notice notification that has been executed during the special figure variable game is restricted. In the present embodiment, the same reference numerals are given to components having the same functions and functions as those of the pachinko machine 100 according to Embodiments 1-1 to 1-3, and the description thereof is omitted.

  FIGS. 26 (a) to 26 (e), 27 (a) to 27 (f), and 28 (a) to 28 (f) show the variation of the special figure 1 in the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment. The pre-reading notice restriction in the game is shown in time series in the order indicated by the straight arrows in the figure. FIG. 26 (a) to FIG. 26 (e) and FIG. 27 (a) to FIG. 27 (f) exemplify the case where the special figure 1 variable game is won in the revival lottery. ) To FIG. 26 (e) and FIG. 28 (a) to FIG. 28 (f), the special figure 1 variable game shown in the time series is exemplified as a case where the revival lottery is not won.

  In FIG. 26 (a), for example, the special figure 1 variable game is already started during non-electric support, and “decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208. In each of the display areas 208b and 208c, a symbol variation display is shown in which the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from the top to the bottom as indicated by the bold arrow pointing downward in the drawing. Also, during this special figure 1 variable game, three game balls win the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the following processing is executed during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game.

  For example, the main control unit 300 pre-determines and pre-determines three reserved special figure 1 variable games, and pre-determines a special figure timer number as a variable time of the special figure 1 variable game. The prior determination result is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. As for the prior determination result, for example, the first and second ones are out of place (variation time is 3000 ms), and the third is a big hit (variation time is 65000 ms).

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command including the information on the pre-determination result executes the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 18 for each pre-determination result. For example, in the special figure 1 variable game related to the first and second holds, the fluctuation time is 3000 ms, and the prefetch lottery process is not won (No in step S1202). Also, the special figure 1 variable game related to the third hold has a change time of 65000 ms and wins the pre-read lottery process (Yes in steps S1203 and S1204). “3” is set as the number of executions (step S1205), the pre-reading execution flag is set to the on state (step S1206), and the pre-determination result (stop symbol (for example, “special drawing A” and variable time ( 65000 ms)) is stored (step S1207), and a prefetch notice command including the display color of the hold display image a3 is output to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1208), as a result, as shown in FIG. For example, circular hold display images a1 and a2 filled with a default blue color and a circular hold table filled with red color An image a3 are displayed on the hold display area 208D1.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since “decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, “decoration 4-decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display areas 208b and 208c, as shown in FIG. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 variable game does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode of the hold display images a1, a2, and a3 is maintained.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 acquires the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is started next, and obtains it. The stored special figure 1 random value set is erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding rank is incremented by one, and the special figure 1 reserved number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random number value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is appropriate and the special figure timer number Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 3000 ms.

  Next, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the change time is 3000 ms, the lottery process (step S1301) of the normal common advance notice is not won, and the prefetching is executed. Since the middle flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restriction flag is off (No in step S1401), the button effect process 2 (step S1406) is executed.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 26 (c), the decorative symbols are displayed from the top to the bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the middle left and right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, respectively. The special figure 1 variable game of the effect which moves (rotates) is started. In the present embodiment, since the pre-reading execution flag is on, the pre-read notice image 710 corresponding to the “Yoshimune mode” that is the current production mode is displayed in the effect display area 208d. In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is decreased by 1, the holding display image a1 is a blue circular image as shown in FIG. The hold display image a2 becomes a red circular image, and the display of the hold display image a3 is deleted.

  As shown in FIG. 26 (d), if the player operates (presses) the chance button 136 within the changeable period of the production mode until the first symbol stops after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, The 1st sub-control part 400 judges that operation of the chance button 136 was detected within the change period of production | presentation mode (Yes of step S1604), and outputs the production | generation mode change command to the decoration symbol display apparatus 208 (step S1605). ).

  Thereby, as shown in FIG. 26 (e), the effect mode is changed, and the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 changes from “Yoshimune mode” to “爺 mode”. Further, since the pre-reading execution flag is in the on state (Yes in step S1606), the first sub-control unit 400 outputs a pre-reading notice restriction command (step S1607) and sets the pre-reading restriction flag in the on state. (Step S1608). Thereby, as shown in FIG. 25 (e), the prefetch notice image 710 in the effect display area 208d is deleted, and the prefetch notice information is restricted. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 subtracts 1 from the number of pre-read executions to “2” (step S1407), and the pre-read execution number after subtraction is not “0” (No in step S1408). In addition, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated without setting the prefetching restricting flag to the off state. Similarly to the pachinko machine 100 according to the first to third embodiments, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment sets not only the prefetch notice image 710 corresponding to the pre-change effect mode when the prefetch restriction flag is set to the on state. In addition, the display of the pre-read notice image and the button notice image corresponding to the changed effect mode is also restricted.

  Further, after the elapse of a predetermined time, as shown in FIG. 26 (e), the display of the prefetch notice notification image 710 is restricted, and the decorative symbol display device 208 has a left middle right symbol display area 208a, 208b, 208c. "Decoration 1 -Decoration 5 -Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of special figure 1 variable games held does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode of the hold display images a1 and a2 is maintained.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 27 (a), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 26 (b). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 3000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 27A, the decorative symbols move (rotate) from the top to the bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is reduced by 1, the holding display image a1 is a red circular image as shown in FIG. The display of the hold display image a2 is deleted.

  Further, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the change time is 3000 ms, the normal common notice lottery process (step S1301) is not won, and pre-reading is being executed. Since the flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restricting flag is on (Yes in step S1401), the restoration lottery is executed (step S1402).

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is acquired from the prefetch notice table stored in the ROM 406, the prefetch type and effect mode flag values stored in the RAM 408, and the prefetch notice execution selection random number counter provided in the RAM 408. Whether or not to restore the prefetch notice notification is determined by lottery using the prefetch notice execution selection determination random number. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 has a random value of 0, for example, the “variation time” stored as the prefetch type is 65000 ms, and the current effect mode is “爺 mode”. With reference to the pre-reading notice table shown, it is determined that the resurrection lottery has been won (Yes in steps S1402 and S1403), a pre-reading notice command is output to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1404), and the pre-reading restriction flag is off. (Step S1405).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 27A, the prefetch notice image 720 corresponding to the “爺 mode” that is the current effect mode is displayed in the effect display area 208 d, and the big hit is determined. The prefetch notice image 720 is, for example, an image representing a standing figure of a bag with a book. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the pre-reading notice lottery process at the time of winning the starting information is drawn using the “Yoshimune mode” field of the pre-reading notice table, but in the resurrection lottery, the “爺 mode” field is used. It comes to draw lots. That is, the pachinko machine 100 is configured to execute the prefetching notice lottery process according to the effect mode at the time of the prefetching notice lottery.

  The first sub-control unit 400 starts the button effect process 2 after setting the pre-reading restricting flag to the off state. If the player does not operate (press) the chance button 136 within the period in which the effect mode can be changed after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 has the chance button 136 within the effect mode change period. Is determined not to have been detected (Yes in step S1603), and the button effect process 2 is terminated. As a result, as shown in FIG. 27B, the prefetch notice image 720 continues to be displayed in the effect display area 208d. Note that when the player presses the start button 136 within the changeable period of the effect mode, the prefetch notice notification is restricted again, and the prefetch notice notice image 720 is not displayed in the effect display area 208d, for example.

  After the button effect process 2 is finished, the first sub-control unit 400 subtracts 1 from the number of pre-read executions to “1” (step S1407), and the number of pre-read executions after subtraction is not “0” (No in step S1408). ), The first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is ended without setting the pre-reading execution flag to the OFF state.

  Further, after the elapse of a predetermined time, as shown in FIG. 27B, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration” in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c so as to overlap the pre-read notice notification image 720. 1-decoration 5-decoration 4 "is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. Further, since the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode of the hold display image a1 is maintained.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 27 (c), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 26 (b). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the determination result is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure A”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 65000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 27C, the decorative symbols move (rotate) from top to bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is decreased by 1, the display of the holding display image a1 is erased as shown in FIG. .

  Further, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, and “notice Y” is selected in the normal common advance notice lottery process (step S1301), and the pre-reading execution flag is turned on. (Yes in step S1302) Since the prefetching restricting flag is off (No in step S1401), the button effect process 2 is executed (step S1406).

  If the player does not operate (press) the chance button 136 within the period in which the effect mode can be changed after the special figure 1 variable game is started, the first sub-control unit 400 has the chance button 136 within the effect mode change period. Is determined not to have been detected (Yes in step S1603), and the button effect process 2 is terminated. As a result, as shown in FIG. 27C, the prefetch notice image 720 continues to be displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  After the button effect process 2 is completed, the first sub-control unit 400 decrements the prefetch execution count by 1 to “0” (step S1407), and the prefetch run count after subtraction becomes “0” (Yes in step S1408). Then, the pre-reading execution flag is set to the OFF state, and the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is ended.

  Further, after the elapse of a predetermined period, as shown in FIG. 27D, the reach B effect is started on the decorative symbol display device 208, and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. A pre-read notice image 720 is displayed on the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b.

  In this embodiment, since “notice Y” is won in the common common notice lottery process, as shown in FIG. 27E, the place where the pre-read notice image 720 is displayed after a predetermined time has elapsed. In this case, the normal common notice information image 910 is displayed in the effect display area 208d, and the normal common notice information effect relating to “notice Y” is executed.

  Further, when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. 27 (f), the special figure 1 variable game is finished, and “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” is displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c. A stop display is made to notify that the special figure 1 variable game is a big hit. In addition, since the number of special figure 1 hold does not change during the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 27D to FIG. 27F, the non-display state of the hold display image is maintained in the hold display area 208d1. Yes.

  Next, a display mode in the case where the resurrection lottery after the prefetch notice notification is restricted is not won will be described with reference to FIG. The display mode of the hold display image a1 in the hold display area 208d1 is the same as the display mode described with reference to FIG. A special figure 1 variable game similar to that shown in FIGS. 26 (a) to 26 (e) is executed. Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 28 (a), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 27 (b). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 3000 ms.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 28A, the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 variable game of the effect of (rotating) is started.

  Further, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the change time is 3000 ms, the normal common notice lottery process (step S1301) is not won, and pre-reading is being executed. Since the flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restricting flag is on (Yes in step S1401), the restoration lottery is executed (step S1402).

  For example, the random number value for the prefetching notice execution winning decision acquired from the prefetching notice execution selection random number counter is, for example, 20 other than the random number range 0 to 19, and the “variation time” stored as the prefetch type is 65000 ms, Since the performance mode is “爺 mode”, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the resurrection lottery is not won with reference to the prefetch notice table shown in FIG. 15 (No in steps S1402 and S1403). The button effect process 2 is started without outputting the pre-reading notice command to the decorative symbol display device 208. Since the prefetching advance notice command is not output to the decorative symbol display device 208, as shown in FIG. 28A, the prefetching advance notice image 720 corresponding to the “爺 mode” is not displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  In the started button effect process 2, if the player does not operate (presses) the chance button 136 within the period in which the effect mode can be changed after the special figure 1 variable game is started, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the effect mode. It is determined that the operation of the chance button 136 has not been detected within the change period (Yes in step S1603), and the button effect process 2 ends. As a result, as shown in FIG. 27B, the “爺 mode” continues to be maintained as the effect mode.

  After the button effect process 2 is finished, the first sub-control unit 400 subtracts 1 from the number of pre-read executions to “1” (step S1407), and the number of pre-read executions after subtraction is not “0” (No in step S1408). ) The pre-reading execution flag and the pre-reading regulation flag are not turned off, and the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated.

  Furthermore, after the predetermined time has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 28B, “decoration 1-decoration 5—decoration 4” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c, and the fluctuation of the special figure 1 is changed. It is notified that the game is out of play. In addition, since the number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode in the suspension display area 208d1 is maintained.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 28 (c), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 27 (b). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. In this embodiment, for example, the determination result is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special diagram I”), and the variation time of the special diagram 1 variable game is 60000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 28 (c), the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 (rotate). The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started.

  Further, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, and “notice Y” is won in the normal common advance notice lottery process (step S1301), and the pre-read execution flag is turned on. (Yes in step S1302) Since the prefetching restricting flag is on (Yes in step S1401), the resurrection lottery process is executed, but the lottery is not won as described in FIG. 28B. (No in steps S1402 and S1403), the button effect process 2 is started without outputting the pre-reading notice command to the decorative symbol display device 208. Since the prefetching advance notice command is not output to the decorative symbol display device 208, as shown in FIG. 28C, the prefetching advance notice image 720 corresponding to the “爺 mode” is not displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  If the player does not operate (press) the chance button 136 within the period in which the effect mode can be changed after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 has the chance button 136 within the effect mode change period. Is determined not to have been detected (Yes in step S1603), and the button effect process 2 is terminated. As a result, as shown in FIG. 28C, the “爺 mode” continues to be maintained as the effect mode.

  After the button effect process 2 is completed, the first sub-control unit 400 decrements the prefetch execution count by 1 to “0” (step S1407), and the prefetch run count after subtraction becomes “0” (Yes in step S1408). Then, the prefetching execution flag and the prefetching restriction flag are set to the off state, and the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is ended.

  Further, after a predetermined time has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 28 (d), reach B effect is started on the decorative symbol display device 208, and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. In the middle symbol display area 208b, symbol variations are continuously displayed. In addition, since the number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode in the suspension display area 208d1 is maintained.

  In this embodiment, since “notice Y” is won in the common common notice lottery process, as shown in FIG. 28 (e), it is continuously displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b after a predetermined time elapses. A normal common notice information image 910 is displayed in the effect display area 208d so as to overlap the symbol variation display that has been performed, and a normal common notice information effect relating to “notice Y” is executed.

  Further, when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. 28 (f), the special figure 1 variable game is finished, and “decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 7” is displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c. A stop display is made to notify that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment does not perform the prefetch notice only for the special figure variable game in which the effect mode is changed, and corresponds to the changed effect mode in the subsequent special figure variable game. By executing the prefetch notice in the display mode, the correspondence between the effect mode and the prefetch notice can be maintained, so that the player's interest may be maintained.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, it is possible to restrict the prefetch notice notification only in the case of a symbol variation that satisfies a predetermined condition, and display the prefetch notice notification again from the next variation. For example, the pachinko machine 100 has a configuration in which the notification mode of the pre-reading notice is different for each effect mode, so the player may be able to see the pre-reading notice corresponding to the desired effect mode. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 can improve the interest of the player by continuing the prefetch notice notification until the symbol change suggested by the second prior notice notice while maintaining the relationship between the effect mode and the prefetch notice notice. There is a case.

[Second Embodiment]
Next, a game table (for example, a ball game machine such as the pachinko machine 100 or a spinning game machine such as a slot machine) according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. The overall configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment, the circuit configuration of the control unit, the display design, the flow of processing of the main control unit, and various tables have been described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 17 and FIGS. 19 to 22. Since it is the same as that of the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted. Further, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the same reference numerals are given to components having the same function and function as the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.

  First, the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the flow of the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning, which is executed in the effect control process (step S309) shown in FIG. 8, for example.

  As shown in FIG. 29, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the first sub-control unit pre-reading advance notice execution process at the time of starting information winning does not include the pre-reading execution flag on / off state determination process (step S1201). Except this, it is the same as the prefetching notice execution process (see FIG. 18) in the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment. Steps S1701 to S1707 shown in FIG. 29 correspond to steps S1202 to S1208 shown in FIG. 18, respectively, and the same processing is executed.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment can execute the pre-reading process even for the start-up information increased during the execution of the pre-reading notice by not performing the determination process of the on / off state of the pre-reading execution flag. . For example, the first sub-control unit 400 refers to the pre-reading notice table shown in FIG. 15 and executes a pre-reading notice lottery process for the starting information increased during execution of the pre-reading notice notice (step S1702). If so, the pre-reading notice in progress is continued. On the other hand, when the first sub-control unit 400 wins the lottery process, the first sub-control unit 400 overwrites the number of pre-read executions based on the number of holdings at the time of winning (step S1704), and further, based on the hold pre-reading result related to the lottery process The prefetch type is overwritten (step S1706). As a result, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when there are two triggers for the prefetch notice notification (the prefetch notice notice that is already being executed and the newly prefetched notice notice), the newly won prefetch notice. The notification is executed with priority over the pre-read notice notification that is being executed. In this case, whether or not it is based on the start information that is the target of the pre-reading notice that is already being executed is determined during the execution of the newly won pre-reading notice. For this reason, even if the winning is notified in the middle of the pre-reading notice, or when the deviation is notified, the pre-reading notice may be continued after that.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment may be able to perform a resurrection lottery for prefetching notice based on newly acquired start information. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 may be able to continuously perform the pre-reading notice that is being executed and the prefetching notice that is based on the new start information. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 can execute continuous pre-reading notice for start information that was not won at the start of the pre-reading notice that is being executed. There are cases where a series of continuous look-ahead notices can be continued over a number of special figure variable games.

  Next, the button effect process 2 in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the flow of the button effect process 2. FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the flow of the pending notice continuing lottery process (step S1806) in the button effect process 2. FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an example of a hold notice continuation lottery table used in the hold notice continuation lottery process.

  As shown in FIG. 30, the button effect process 2 in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment includes an effect mode change command output process (step S1805) and a prefetch execution flag on / off state determination process (step S1805). (S1807) is the same as the button effect process (see FIG. 22) in the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment except that the holding notice continuous lottery process (step S1806) is included. . Steps S1801 to S1805 and S1807 to S1809 shown in FIG. 30 correspond to steps S1601 to S1605 and S1606 to S1608 shown in FIG. 22, respectively, and the same processing is executed.

  Next, the process of the pending notice continuous lottery process (step S1806) will be described with reference to FIG. In the hold advance notice continuous lottery process, it is determined whether or not to continue the display color (in this embodiment, red) of the hold display image corresponding to the start information that is the target of the prefetch notice. The pending notice continuous lottery process is executed when the production mode is changed.

  As shown in FIG. 31, in the pending notice continuing lottery process, first, a lottery process for determining whether to keep the reserved color is executed (step S1901). For example, the first sub-control unit 400 uses the hold notice continuation lottery table (details will be described later) stored in the ROM 406, the prefetch type and effect mode flag values stored in the RAM 408, and the hold notice continuation lottery provided in the RAM 408. Whether or not to maintain the hold color of the hold display image corresponding to the starting information that is the target of the pre-reading notice, using the random number for the hold advance notice lottery obtained from the random number counter for use, The process proceeds to step S1902.

  In step S1902 following step S1901, it is determined whether or not the reserved color in step S1901 is to be continued. For example, if the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the reserved color is not continued (non-winning for the lottery process), the process proceeds to step S1903. The hold notice continuation process is terminated without executing. When the display color of the hold display image is red, it indicates that the start information corresponding to the hold display image may be a big hit, so the display color of the hold display image is changed from red to the default blue color. If it is changed to, the jackpot information will be lost. Therefore, changing the display color of the hold display image from red to blue exhibits the same function as the regulation of the prefetch notice notification. In addition, since the display color changes only for the hold display image that is the target of the pre-reading notice, the number of times the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-reading notice is executed due to the change in the display color of the hold display image May be reported in an easy-to-understand manner.

  Next, the hold notice continuation lottery table used in the hold notice continuation lottery process will be described with reference to FIG. The pending notice continuation lottery table is used in common in FIG. 1 and FIG. In the following description, only the points of the items in the pending notice continuation lottery table that are different from the items in the prefetch notice table shown in FIG. 15 will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 32, “Princess Mode”, “Yoshimune Mode”, and “Midori Mode” are random numbers to be compared with the random number value for holding notice continuous lottery obtained from the random number counter for holding notice continuous lottery provided in the RAM 408. Each is divided into numerical ranges (0 to 99), and is divided into four corresponding to “variation time”.

  In the “princess mode”, when the “variation time” is “4000 ms” (the production mode is “reach A off”), the value is 0 to 19, and when “60000 ms” (the production mode is “reach B off”), the value 0 In the case of 29, “45000 ms” (the production mode is “reach A big hit”) has a value of 0 to 29, and “65000 ms” (the production mode is “reach B big hit”) and the value is 0 to 59. The display color of the display image is continued.

  Further, in the “Yoshimune mode”, when the “variation time” is a numerical value of 0 to 19 when “4000 ms”, “0 to 29 for“ 60000 ms ”, or“ 0 to 49 ”for“ 45000 ms ”,“ In the case of “65000 ms”, when the numerical value is 0 to 79, the display color of the hold display image is continued.

  Further, in the “」 mode ”, when the“ variation time ”is a numerical value 0 to 19 when“ 4000 ms ”,“ 0 to 29 when “60000 ms”, or “0 to 59” when “45000 ms”, In the case of “65000 ms”, when the numerical value is 0 to 79, the display color of the hold display image is continued.

  In the present embodiment, the winning probability as to whether or not to continue the display color of the hold display image is set to be the same regardless of the production mode when the prefetch result is “out”, In such a case, the production mode with higher reliability is set higher. That is, in the case of a big hit, the winning probability is the highest in the “爺 mode”, followed by the “Yoshimune mode” and the “princess mode”. The pending notice continuation lottery process is set so that the winning probability varies depending on the production mode. Further, the reliability is different for each effect mode. For this reason, the holding notice continuation lottery process has different winning probabilities based on the reliability. In the present embodiment, whether or not to continue the display color of the hold display image is selected based on the variation pattern, the variation time, and the production mode. Good.

  In the present embodiment, the button effect process 2 is configured to determine whether or not the display color of the hold display image can be continued when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and the hold notice continuous lottery table corresponds to the hold display image. When the symbol variation display to be derived is a big hit (for example, for reach A or reach B), the display color of the hold display image is compared with a case where the big hit is not derived (for example, when reach A or reach B is off) Is configured to be easily continued.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the pending advance notice lottery process is performed as a notice effect that can make the player expect the player according to the continuation rate of the prefetch notice by the hold display image. May work. In particular, by adopting a configuration in which a predetermined condition is established by the operation of the chance button 136, the operation of the chance button 136 can be associated with the pre-reading notice, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

  Next, the special figure variation game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described more specifically with reference to FIGS. First, the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 2-1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG. FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 are diagrams for explaining the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, description will be given of a prefetch notice notification effect when the start information increases during the special figure variable game. FIGS. 33 (a) to 33 (h) and FIGS. 34 (a) to 34 (h) show the special figure 1 variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in time series in the order indicated by the straight arrows in the figure. Each is shown.

  FIG. 33A shows that, for example, the special figure 1 variable game has already started during the non-electric support and the “Yoshimune mode” effect mode, and the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 6”. ”Is stopped and the symbol variation display in which the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from the top to the bottom as shown by the downward-pointing thick arrow in the middle right symbol display areas 208b and 208c is executed. ing. Also, during this special figure 1 variable game, three game balls win the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the following processing is executed during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game.

  For example, the main control unit 300 pre-determines and pre-determines three reserved special figure 1 variable games, and pre-determines a special figure timer number as a variable time of the special figure 1 variable game. The prior determination result is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. The pre-determination result is, for example, that the first and second are out of place (both change times are 3000 ms), and the third is out of place (change time is 40000 ms).

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command including the information on the pre-determination result executes the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 29 for each pre-determination result. For example, the special figure 1 variable game related to the first and second suspensions has a variable time of 3000 ms and is not a predetermined variable time (No in step S1701), and the prefetch lottery process is not executed. Also, the special figure 1 variable game related to the third hold has a variable time of 40,000 ms and a predetermined variable time (Yes in step S1701), and wins the prefetch lottery process (Yes in steps S1702 and S1703). ) Since it is the third hold, “3” is set as the number of pre-reading notice executions (step S1704), the pre-reading execution flag is set to the on state (step S1705), and a pre-determination result (for example, The stop symbol “special symbol I” and the variation time “40000 ms”) are stored (step S1706), and a prefetch notice command including the display color of the hold display image a3 is output to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1707). As a result, as shown in FIG. 33 (a), for example, the circular hold display images a1 and a2 painted in blue of the default color and the circular hold display image a3 painted in red are displayed in the hold display area 208d1. Is displayed.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since “Decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, “Decoration 4-Decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the middle right symbol display areas 208b and 208c, as shown in FIG. 33B. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 variable game does not change within the predetermined time, the hold display images a1, a2, and a3 are maintained in the hold display area 208d1.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 acquires the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is started next, and obtains it. The stored special figure 1 random value set is erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding rank is incremented by one, and the special figure 1 reserved number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random number value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is appropriate and the special figure timer number Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 3000 ms.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 33 (c), the decorative symbols are displayed from the top to the bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the middle left and right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, respectively. The special figure 1 variable game of the effect which moves (rotates) is started. In the present embodiment, since the pre-reading execution flag is on, the pre-read notice image 710 corresponding to the “Yoshimune mode” that is the current production mode is displayed in the effect display area 208d. Further, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is reduced by 1, the holding display image a1 becomes a blue circular image as shown in FIG. 33 (c). The hold display image a2 becomes a red circular image, and the display of the hold display image a3 is deleted.

  Further, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the change time is 3000 ms, the normal common notice lottery process (step S1301) is not won, and pre-reading is being executed. Since the flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restricting flag is off (No in step S1401), button effect processing 2 (step S1406) is executed.

  As shown in FIG. 33 (d), after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, within the changeable period of the effect mode until the first symbol stops (the initial of timer 2 which is the effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 30) When the player operates (presses) the chance button 136 within the set time), the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the operation of the chance button 136 is detected within the change period of the effect mode (step S1804). Yes), an effect mode change command is output to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1805). As a result, as shown in FIG. 33 (e), the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed together with, for example, an image of “rush mode entry” so that the player can recognize that the effect mode has been changed. The display mode corresponds to “Yoshimune mode” to “爺 mode”. Thus, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment can notify the type of the changed effect mode when the effect mode is switched. Informing the effect mode after the change may improve the interest of the player.

  Next, the first sub-control unit 400 executes a pending notice continuation lottery process (step S1806). In the hold notice continuous lottery process, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 stores the hold notice continuous lottery table stored in the ROM 406 (see FIG. 32), the values of the prefetch type and effect mode flag stored in the RAM 408, and the RAM 408. Whether or not to maintain the hold color of the hold display image corresponding to the start information subject to the pre-read notice notification using the hold notice continuous lottery random number value obtained from the provided hold notice continuous lottery random number counter A lottery is drawn (step S1901). For example, the first sub-control unit 400 has the random number value of 20, for example, the “variation time” stored as the prefetch type is 40000 ms, and the current effect mode is “爺 mode”. It is determined that the hold color is not continued (no win in the lottery process) with reference to the hold notice continuation lottery table shown (Yes in step S1902), and a command for changing the display color of the hold display image a2 to blue is displayed as a decorative symbol The data is output to the device 208 (step S1903), and the pending notice continuation lottery process is terminated. As a result, as shown in FIG. 33 (e), the display color of the hold display image a2 changes from red to blue. In this example, there is one on-hold display image indicating that the pre-read lottery process is won. However, when a plurality of on-hold display images are displayed in the hold display area, one hold display image is displayed. The result of the notice continuation lottery process may be reflected in all of the hold display images, or the hold notice continuation lottery process may be executed for each hold display image.

  Further, since the pre-reading execution flag is in the on state (Yes in step S1807), the first sub-control unit 400 outputs a pre-reading notice restriction command (step S1808) and sets the prefetching restriction flag in the on state. (Step S1809). Thereby, as shown in FIG. 33 (e), the prefetch notice image 710 in the effect display area 208d is deleted, and the prefetch notice information is restricted.

  Thereafter, when the value of timer 2 becomes 0 after a predetermined period has elapsed, the first sub-control unit 400 decrements the prefetch execution count by 1 to “2” (step S1407), and the prefetch run count after subtraction becomes “0”. (No in step S1408), the pre-reading execution flag and the pre-reading restriction flag are not turned off, and the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated. Similarly to the pachinko machine 100 according to the first to third embodiments, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment sets not only the prefetch notice image 710 corresponding to the pre-change effect mode when the prefetch restriction flag is set to the on state. In addition, the display of the pre-read notice image and the button notice image corresponding to the changed effect mode is also restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 33 (e), the display of the prefetch notice image 710 is restricted, the display color of the hold display image a2 is changed, and the decorative symbol display device 208 has a left middle right symbol display area 208a. , 208b, 208c, “decoration 1—decoration 5—decoration 4” is stopped and displayed to notify that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 33 (f), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 33 (b). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 3000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 33 (f), the decorative symbols are moved (rotated) from top to bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. Further, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is reduced by 1, the holding display image a1 becomes a blue circular image as shown in FIG. 33 (f). The display of the hold display image a2 is deleted.

  Next, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the change time is 3000 ms, the lottery process (step S1301) of the normal common advance notice is not won, and the prefetching is executed. Since the medium flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restricting flag is on (Yes in step S1401), the restoration lottery is executed (step S1402).

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is acquired from the prefetch notice table stored in the ROM 406, the prefetch type and effect mode flag values stored in the RAM 408, and the prefetch notice execution selection random number counter provided in the RAM 408. Whether or not to restore the prefetch notice notification is determined by lottery using the prefetch notice execution selection determination random number. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 has the random number (for example, 0), the “variation time” stored as the look-ahead type is 40000 ms, and the current effect mode is “爺 mode”. Referring to the prefetch notice table shown in FIG. 15, it is determined that the resurrection lottery is not won (No in steps S1402 and S1403), and button effect processing 2 is started (step S1406). As a result, as shown in FIG. 33 (f), the prefetch notice image is not displayed in the effect display area 208 d.

  If the player does not operate (press) the chance button 136 within the period in which the effect mode can be changed after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 has the chance button 136 within the effect mode change period. Is determined not to be detected (Yes in step S1603), the button effect process 2 is terminated, the prefetch execution count is decremented by 1 to “1” (step S1407), and the prefetch execution count after the subtraction is “1”. Since it is not “0” (No in step S1408), the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated without turning off the pre-reading execution flag and the pre-reading restriction flag.

  When one game ball is won at the special figure 1 starting port 230 during the special figure 1 variable game, the main control unit 300 pre-reads and pre-determines one special figure 1 variable game that is newly reserved. The special figure timer number as the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is preliminarily determined, and these preliminary determination results are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The prior determination result is, for example, a big hit (the stop symbol is “special symbol A”), and the variation time is 650000 ms.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command including the information on the prior determination results executes the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. For example, the “variation time” is 65000 ms, which is a predetermined variation time (step S1701), and it is determined that the prefetch lottery process has been won (Yes in steps S1702 and S1703). Since the special figure 1 holding number is 2, the first sub-control unit 400 overwrites “1” of the pre-reading notice execution number set at present and resets it to “2” (step S1704). The in-execution flag is reset to the on state (step S1705), and the pre-determined result (stop symbol (for example, “Special Figure A” and variation time (65000 ms)) is stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 as the prefetch type ( In step S1706, a pre-reading advance notice command including the display color of the hold display image a2 is output to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1707) As a result, as shown in FIG. On the right side of the display image a1, a circular hold display image a2 painted in red is displayed in the hold display area 208d1.

  Then, after a predetermined time has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 33 (h), “decoration 1-decoration 5—decoration 4” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c, and the fluctuation of the special figure 1 It is notified that the game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 variable game does not change within the predetermined time, the hold display images a1 and a2 are maintained in the hold display area 208d1.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 34 (a), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 33 (c). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In this embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special diagram I”), and the variation time of the special diagram 1 variable game is 40000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 33 (a), the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 (rotate). The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. Further, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is reduced by 1, the holding display image a1 becomes a red circular image as shown in FIG. The display of the hold display image a2 is deleted.

  Next, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, and the normal common notice table stored in the ROM 406 and the value of “variable time” stored in the RAM 408 (40000 ms). ) And a normal common advance notice execution determination random number value (for example, 80) acquired from the normal common advance notice execution determination random number counter provided in the RAM 408, a lottery process for the normal common advance notice is executed to execute “notice Y”. Is selected (step S1301), the pre-reading execution flag is on (Yes in step S1302), and the pre-reading restriction flag is on (Yes in step S1401), so that the resurrection lottery is executed (step S1402).

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 executes a revival lottery that is substantially the same as that shown in the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. The look-ahead type stored in the RAM 408 increases during the special figure 1 variable game most recently executed in the special figure 1 variable game (in the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIGS. 33 (f) and 33 (g)). Overwritten in the pre-reading notice execution process for the start information. For this reason, the value of “variation time” in the information related to the prefetching type stored in the RAM 408 is 65000 ms, and the first sub-control is performed when the prefetching notice execution selection random number is, for example, “0”. The section 400 refers to the prefetch notice table shown in FIG. 15 and determines that the resurrection lottery is won (Yes in steps S1402 and S1403), and outputs a prefetch notice command to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1404). The prefetching restricting flag is set to an off state (step S1405).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 34A, a prefetch notice image 720 corresponding to the “に mode” that is the current effect mode is displayed in the effect display area 208d. Since the pre-reading notice image 720 is displayed in the effect display area 208d and in a place overlapping the middle symbol display area 208b, the variable game being executed in the middle symbol display area 208b is not visible to the player. It has become. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the pre-reading notice lottery process at the time of winning the starting information is drawn using the “Yoshimune mode” field of the pre-reading notice table, but in the resurrection lottery, the “爺 mode” field is used. It comes to draw lots. That is, the pachinko machine 100 is configured to execute the prefetching notice lottery process according to the effect mode at the time of the prefetching notice lottery.

  The first sub-control unit 400 starts the button effect process 2 after setting the pre-reading restricting flag to the off state. If the player does not operate (press) the chance button 136 within the period in which the effect mode can be changed after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 has the chance button 136 within the effect mode change period. It is determined that no operation has been detected (Yes in step S1803), and the button effect process 2 ends. As a result, as shown in FIG. 34B, the prefetch notice image 720 continues to be displayed in the effect display area 208d. If the player operates the start button 136 within the changeable period of the effect mode, the prefetch notice notification is restricted again, and the prefetch notice notification image 720 is not displayed in, for example, the effect display area 208d.

  After the button effect process 2 is finished, the first sub-control unit 400 subtracts 1 from the number of pre-read executions to “1” (step S1407), and the number of pre-read executions after subtraction is not “0” (No in step S1408). ), The first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated without turning off the pre-reading execution flag.

  Furthermore, after the predetermined period, as shown in FIG. 34 (b), reach B effect is started on the decorative symbol display device 208, and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. A pre-read notice image 720 is displayed on the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b.

  In this embodiment, since “notice Y” is won in the common common notice lottery process, the place where the pre-read notice notice image 720 is displayed as shown in FIG. In this case, the normal common notice information 910 is displayed in the effect display area 208d instead of the prefetch notice information image 720, and the normal common notice information effect related to “Notice Y” is executed.

  Furthermore, after the predetermined period has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 34 (d), the normal common notice image 910 is deleted and “decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208 b. As a result, “decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 7” is stopped and displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c, and the special figure 1 variable game is out of place. Informed. In addition, since the number of special figure 1 variable games held during the reach effect does not change, the display mode of the hold display image a1 is maintained.

  When the pre-reading notice notification effect is executed in the “爺 mode”, the special figure variation game is originally determined by winning, but even if the pre-reading notice notification effect is executed by winning the revival lottery in the “爺 mode”, As in the example, the special figure variation game may not be a big hit. However, since it will be a big hit in the next special figure variable game, not being a big hit in the special figure variable game will not be a disadvantage to the player and will not be a problem.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 34 (e), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 34 (a). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the determination result is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure A”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 65000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 34 (e), the decorative symbols are moved (rotated) from the top to the bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is decreased by 1, the display of the holding display image a1 is deleted.

  Further, a process substantially similar to the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game in the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 34 (a) is executed, and the common common notice lottery process (step S1301) Since “pre-notification X” is won, the pre-reading execution flag is on (Yes in step S1302), and the pre-reading restriction flag is off (No in step S1401), the button effect process 2 is executed (step S1406). .

If the player does not operate (press) the chance button 136 within the period in which the effect mode can be changed after the special figure 1 variable game is started, the first sub-control unit 400 has the chance button 136 within the effect mode change period. Is determined not to have been detected (Yes in step S1803),
The button effect process 2 ends. As a result, as shown in FIG. 34 (e), the prefetch notice image 720 continues to be displayed in the effect display area 208d. Since the pre-reading notice image 720 is displayed in the effect display area 208d and in a place overlapping the middle symbol display area 208b, the variable game being executed in the middle symbol display area 208b is not visible to the player. It has become.

  After the button effect process 2 is completed, the first sub-control unit 400 decrements the prefetch execution count by 1 to “0” (step S1407), and the prefetch run count after subtraction becomes “0” (Yes in step S1408). Then, the pre-reading execution flag is set to the OFF state, and the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is ended.

  Furthermore, after the predetermined period, as shown in FIG. 34 (f), reach B effect is started on the decorative symbol display device 208, and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. A pre-read notice image 720 is displayed on the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b.

  In this embodiment, since “notice X” is won in the common common notice lottery process, the place where the pre-read notice image 720 is displayed as shown in FIG. Thus, the normal common notice information image 900 is displayed in place of the pre-read notice information image 720 in the effect display area 208d, and the normal common notice information effect relating to “Notice X” is executed.

  Further, after the elapse of a predetermined period, as shown in FIG. 34 (h), the normal common notice image 900 is deleted, and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b. Thus, “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the ornament symbol display device 208, and the special figure 1 variable game is a big hit. Informed.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the hold display image is displayed over a plurality of special figure variable games and is configured to be able to suggest a final change that is a target of the prefetching notice. Even if the display of the prefetching notice image is restricted during the figure-changing game, the player may be able to maintain the expectation of the prefetching notice by continuously displaying the hold display image.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the player operates the chance button 136, the display of the prefetch notice image is restricted. However, the effect mode changed by the player's intention is an important effect, and the interest of the player may be improved by notifying the newly selected effect mode. Further, even if the prefetching notice image is erased, for example, the player can recognize the final change of the prefetching notice in the hold display image or the like. It may be an important performance, and the player's interest may be effectively maintained.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment performs prefetching effect processing for the special figure random value set acquired during the execution of the prefetching notice, so that the prefetching notice information effect being executed and the special figure are displayed. In some cases, it can be seen that the pre-reading notice notification effect executed based on the set of random numbers is a continuous effect.

  Next, a special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 2-2 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 and 36. FIG. FIG. 35 and FIG. 36 are diagrams for explaining the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, an example will be described in which a prefetch notice notification effect that is irrelevant to the effect mode is executed during the special figure variable game to restrict the prefetch notice notification effect corresponding to the effect mode. In the present embodiment, the same reference numerals are given to components having the same operations and functions as those of the pachinko machine 100 according to the embodiment 2-1, and the description thereof is omitted. 35 (a) to 35 (e) and 36 (a) to 36 (i) show the special figure 1 variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in chronological order in the order indicated by the straight arrows. Each is shown.

  FIG. 35A shows that, for example, the special figure 1 variable game has already started during the non-electric support and the “Yoshimune mode” effect mode, and the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208 has “decoration 6”. ”Is stopped and the symbol variation display in which the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from the top to the bottom as shown by the downward-pointing thick arrow in the middle right symbol display areas 208b and 208c is executed. ing. Also, during this special figure 1 variable game, three game balls win the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the following processing is executed during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game.

  For example, the main control unit 300 pre-determines and pre-determines three reserved special figure 1 variable games, and pre-determines a special figure timer number as a variable time of the special figure 1 variable game. The prior determination result is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. As for the prior determination result, for example, the first and second pieces are out of place (both fluctuation times are 3000 ms), and the third one is a big hit (the fluctuation time is 65000 ms).

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command including the information on the pre-determination result executes the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 29 for each pre-determination result. For example, the special figure 1 variable game related to the first and second hold has a variable time of 3000 ms and is not a predetermined variable time (No in step S1701), so the prefetch lottery process is not executed. Also, the special figure 1 variable game related to the third hold has a variable time of 65000 ms and a predetermined variable time (Yes in step S1701), and wins a prefetch lottery process (in steps S1702 and S1703). Yes) Since it is the third hold, “3” is set as the number of pre-reading notice executions (step S1704), the pre-reading execution flag is set to the on state (step S1705), and the pre-determination result ( For example, the stop symbol “special symbol A” and the variation time “65000 ms”) are stored (step S1706), and a prefetch notice command including the display color of the hold display image a3 is output to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1707). As a result, as shown in FIG. 35 (a), for example, the circular hold display images a1 and a2 painted in blue of the default color and the circular hold display image a3 painted in red are displayed in the hold display region 208d1. Is displayed.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since “decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, “decoration 4-decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the middle right symbol display areas 208b and 208c, as shown in FIG. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 variable game does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode of the hold display images a1, a2, and a3 is maintained.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 acquires the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is started next, and obtains it. The stored special figure 1 random value set is erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding rank is incremented by one, and the special figure 1 reserved number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random number value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is appropriate and the special figure timer number Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 3000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 35 (c), the decorative symbols are moved (rotated) from top to bottom in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 as indicated by the downward-facing thick arrows. The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is reduced by 1, the holding display image a1 is a blue circular image, and the holding display image a2 is a red circular image. Thus, the display of the hold display image a3 is deleted.

  Further, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the change time is 3000 ms, the normal common notice lottery process (step S1301) is not won, and pre-reading is being executed. Since the flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restricting flag is off (No in step S1401), button effect processing 2 (step S1406) is executed. In the present embodiment, since the pre-reading execution flag is on, the pre-read notice image 710 corresponding to the “Yoshimune mode” that is the current production mode is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  As shown in FIG. 35 (d), after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, within the changeable period of the effect mode until the first symbol stops (the initial of timer 2 which is the effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 30) When the player operates (presses) the chance button 136 within the set time), the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the operation of the chance button 136 is detected within the change period of the effect mode (step S1804). Yes), an effect mode change command is output to the decorative symbol display device 208 (step S1805). As a result, as shown in FIG. 35 (e), the effect mode is changed, and the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 changes from “Yoshimune mode” to “」 mode ”.

  Next, the first sub-control unit 400 executes the hold advance notice lottery process by the same process as the pachinko machine 100 according to the embodiment 2-1 (step S1806), and continues the hold color (wins the lottery process), for example. The determination is made (No in step S1902), and the hold notice continuous lottery process is terminated without outputting the command for changing the display color of the hold display image a2 to blue to the decorative symbol display device 208. Thereby, as shown in FIG.35 (e), the display color of the hold display image a2 is maintained red. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 variable game does not change, the hold display images a1 and a2 are maintained in the hold display area 208d1. In this example, there is one hold display image indicating that the prefetch lottery process is won. However, when a plurality of hold display images are displayed in the hold display area, the second embodiment described above. As with the pachinko machine 100 by -1, the result of one hold notice continuation lottery process may be reflected in all of the hold display images, or the hold notice continuation lottery process is executed for each hold display image. Also good.

  Further, since the pre-reading execution flag is in the on state (Yes in step S1807), the first sub-control unit 400 outputs a pre-reading notice restriction command (step S1808) and sets the prefetching restriction flag in the on state. (Step S1809). As shown in FIG. 35 (e), in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, a prefetch notice notification image 730 irrelevant to the effect mode is displayed by outputting a prefetch notice restriction command to the decorative symbol display device 208. The prefetching notice image 710 is hidden by the prefetching notice image 730. As a result, the display of the prefetch notice image 710 is restricted and is not visible to the player. The prefetch notice notification image 730 hides the prefetch notice notice image (in this example, the prefetch notice notice image 710) related to the effect mode. This “hidden” state may be a state in which the player cannot visually recognize the prefetching notice image related to the effect mode by the prefetching notice image 730, and the prefetching notice information image is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208. Or not displayed.

  The pre-reading notice image 730 is an image representing, for example, a panda wearing a boxing glove and characters suggesting a symbol variation display that is a target of the advance notice. In the present embodiment, the symbol “previous heat!” Indicates a symbol variation display to be notified in advance notice. In other words, “first heat!” Is the special figure 1 variable game that is the subject of the advance notice (which suggests that “heat!” May be a big hit). It means that it is the next (destination) after. The number of characters of “previous” in the prefetch notice notification image 730 is determined based on, for example, the number of prefetch notice executions, and is the number obtained by subtracting 1 from the number of prefetch notice executions. Moreover, it is not restricted to a character to suggest the symbol fluctuation | variation display used as the object of prior notice alert | report, For example, you may display several predetermined images like a hold display image.

  The prefetch notice notification image 710 is capable of executing the prefetch notice notification over a plurality of symbol variations until the symbol variation display subject to the prior notice notification. On the other hand, the pre-read notice notification image 730 and the red hold display image can indicate at what change the symbol variation display that is the subject of the advance notice notification is executed, The pre-reading notice can be executed over a plurality of symbol variations until the target symbol variation display. The prefetching notice image 710 and the prefetching notice image 730 show the same prefetched prefetch results, but the appearance timings are different. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment includes a plurality of types of advance notice notifications (for example, a prefetch notice notice image 710, a prefetch notice notice image 730, a hold display image), and at least a part of the plural kinds of advance notice information. Can be executed at least at the same time, and any prior notice notification (for example, pre-read notice notice image 710) is regulated when a predetermined condition is satisfied (for example, a player presses a chance button). It has become.

  In the present embodiment, when a plurality of types of advance notices are executed at the same time, not only when a plurality of kinds of advance notices are started at the same time, but also a plurality of kinds of advance notices even if the start times are different. The case where the notice notification execution times overlap is also included. For example, in this example, the prefetch notice notification effect using the prefetch notice information image 710 and the prefetch notice notice effect using the hold display images a1, a2, and a3 are not started at the same time, but are shown in FIG. It is executed simultaneously in the special figure 1 variable game, that is, executed at the same time. In addition, the prefetch notice notification effect using the prefetch notice notice image 730 and the prefetch notice notice using the hold display images a1 and a2 are not started at the same time, but are shown in FIGS. 35 (e) to 36 (c). It is executed simultaneously in the special figure 1 variable game, that is, executed at the same time.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, for example, a prefetching notice (in this example, a prefetching notice notification) that informs more important information that suggests a special-figure variable game that is a target of the prefetching notice. (Preliminary notice by image 730) is left, and prefetching notice (notice by prefetching notice notice image 710 in this example) that informs relatively unimportant information that simply suggests that the prefetch notice has been executed is regulated. It is possible.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment includes a prefetch notice notification image (for example, a prefetch notice notice image 710) corresponding to the effect mode, a prefetch notice notice image (for example, a prefetch notice notice image 730) that does not correspond to the effect mode, A plurality of types of prefetch notices can be notified using a hold display image and a prefetch only mode described later. The pachinko machine 100 is configured not to execute at least one prefetch notice and regulates any one of a plurality of prefetch notices. In other words, if one of the plurality of types of prefetching notices is not notified, this corresponds to restriction of the prefetching notices even if a plurality of types of remaining prefetching notices are notified.

  Thereafter, when the value of timer 2 becomes 0 after a predetermined period has elapsed, the first sub-control unit 400 decrements the prefetch execution count by 1 to “2” (step S1407), and the prefetch run count after subtraction becomes “0”. (No in step S1408), the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated without turning off the pre-reading execution flag and the pre-reading restriction flag. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, like the pachinko machine 100 according to the first to third embodiments and the second embodiment, has a pre-reading notice corresponding to the pre-change effect mode when the pre-reading restriction flag is set to the on state. Not only the notification image 710 but also the display of the pre-read notification image and the button notification image corresponding to the changed effect mode are restricted.

  When a predetermined time has passed after that, as shown in FIG. 36 (a), “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of special figure 1 variable games held does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode of the hold display images a1 and a2 is maintained.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 36 (b), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 35 (c). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 3000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 36 (b), the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as shown by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 (rotate). The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started. Further, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is decreased by 1, the holding display image a1 becomes a red circular image, and the display of the holding display image a2 is erased. The

  Further, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, the change time is 3000 ms, the normal common notice lottery process (step S1301) is not won, and pre-reading is being executed. Since the flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restricting flag is on (Yes in step S1401), the restoration lottery is executed (step S1402).

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is acquired from the prefetch notice table stored in the ROM 406, the prefetch type and effect mode flag values stored in the RAM 408, and the prefetch notice execution selection random number counter provided in the RAM 408. Whether or not to restore the prefetch notice notification is determined by lottery using the prefetch notice execution selection determination random number. The first sub-control unit 400 has the random number value of 20, for example, the “variation time” stored as the prefetch type is 65000 ms, and the current rendering mode is the “爺 mode”. With reference to the notice table, it is determined that the resurrection lottery is not won (No in steps S1402 and S1403). Thereby, the prefetch notice image corresponding to the “爺 mode” is not displayed in the effect display area 208d, and the prefetch notice corresponding to the effect mode is restricted.

  Further, since the prefetching restricting flag is on and the value of the prefetching notice execution count is “2” at this time, as shown in FIG. 36C, the first sub-control unit 400 reads “preheat! The decorative design display device 208 is controlled so that the pre-reading notice image 730 including the character image “is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  In addition, the button effect process 2 is started, for example, within the changeable period of the effect mode until the first symbol stops after the start of the special figure 1 variable game (the timer 2 which is the effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 30). Within the initial setting time), the player does not press the chance button 136, and the button effect process 2 ends. As a result, as shown in FIG. 36C, the “爺 mode” is maintained as the effect mode.

  When the button effect process 2 ends, the first sub-control unit 400 subtracts 1 from the number of pre-read executions to “1” (step S1407), and the number of pre-read executions after the subtraction is not “0” (No in step S1408). ), The first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is terminated without turning off the pre-reading execution flag and the pre-reading restriction flag.

  When a predetermined time has passed after that, as shown in FIG. 36 (d), “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 6” is stopped and displayed on the ornamental symbol display device 208 in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. Further, since the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode of the hold display image a1 is maintained.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 36 (e), the main control unit 300 is substantially the same as that performed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 35 (c). The determination result and the special figure determined by using the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area and the obtained special figure timer number determining random value. The timer number is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. In the present embodiment, for example, the determination result is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure A”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 65000 ms.

  As shown by the downward-facing thick arrows in the left, middle, and right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, the special symbol 1 variable game of the effect that the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from top to bottom as shown in FIG. Be started. In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is decreased by 1, the display of the holding display image a1 is deleted.

  Next, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, and the obtained normal common notice execution determination random number value is, for example, 10, and the common common notice lottery process (step S1301). ) Is selected, the pre-reading execution flag is turned on (Yes in step S1302), and the pre-reading restriction flag is turned on (Yes in step S1401), so that the resurrection lottery is executed (step S1402).

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is acquired from the prefetch notice table stored in the ROM 406, the prefetch type and effect mode flag values stored in the RAM 408, and the prefetch notice execution selection random number counter provided in the RAM 408. Whether or not to restore the prefetch notice notification is determined by lottery using the prefetch notice execution selection determination random number. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 has the random number value of 20, for example, the “variation time” stored as the prefetch type is 65000 ms, and the current effect mode is “爺 mode”. With reference to the prefetch notice table shown, it is determined that the resurrection lottery is not won (No in steps S1402 and S1403). For this reason, as shown in FIG. 36 (e), the prefetch notice image corresponding to the “爺 mode” is not displayed in the effect display area 208 d, and the prefetch notice corresponding to the effect mode is restricted.

  Since the prefetching restricting flag is on, and the value of the prefetching notice execution count is “1” at this time, as shown in FIG. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so that the prefetch notice notification image 730 including the image is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  Button effect processing 2 is started (step S1406), for example, within the period in which the effect mode can be changed until the first symbol stops after the start of the special figure 1 variable game (timer for effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 30) 2 within the initial setting time 2), the player does not press the chance button 136, and the button effect process 2 ends. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 36 (f), the “爺 mode” is maintained as the effect mode.

  After the button effect process 2 is finished, the first sub-control unit 400 subtracts 1 from the number of pre-read executions and sets the number to “0” (step S1407), and the number of pre-read executions after subtraction is “0”. Therefore (Yes in step S1408), the pre-reading execution flag and the pre-reading restriction flag are turned off, and the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game is ended.

  Further, after a predetermined time has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 36 (g), the pre-read notice notification images 710 and 730 are deleted from the effect display image 208d, and the reach B effect is started on the decorative symbol display device 208. “Decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the symbol display areas 208a and 208c, and the symbol variation is displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b.

  In this embodiment, since the “notice X” is won in the common common notice lottery process, an effect display overlapping the area of the middle symbol display area 208b as shown in FIG. In the area 208d, a normal common notice information image 900 is displayed instead of the symbol variation display, and the normal common notice information effect related to “notice X” is executed.

  Further, after the elapse of a predetermined period, as shown in FIG. 36 (i), the normal common notice image 900 is deleted and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b. Thus, “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the ornament symbol display device 208, and the special figure 1 variable game is a big hit. Informed.

  Next, a special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 2-3 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 37 to FIG. 39 are diagrams for explaining special figure variable games in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, a prefetch notice notification effect in the case where the special figure 2 variable game is put on hold during execution of the prefetch notice in FIG. 1 will be described. In the present embodiment, the same reference numerals are given to components having the same functions and functions as those of the pachinko machine 100 according to Embodiments 2-1 and 2-2, and description thereof is omitted. FIGS. 37 (a) to 37 (f) and FIGS. 38 (a) to 38 (c) show the special figure variation game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in time series in the order indicated by the straight arrows in the figure. Show. FIG. 38 shows the display state of the decorative symbol display device 208 when power interruption does not occur at the time of FIG. 37 (f), and FIG. 39 shows the case where power interruption occurs at that time and then power is restored. The display state of the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown.

  In FIG. 37A, for example, the effect mode is “Yoshimune mode” and the special figure 1 variable game is already started during the non-electric support, and the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration”. "6" is stopped and the symbol variation display in which the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from the top to the bottom as shown by a downward-pointing thick arrow in the middle right symbol display areas 208b and 208c is executed. Show. Also, during this special figure 1 variable game, three game balls win the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the following processing is executed during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game.

  For example, the main control unit 300 pre-determines and pre-determines three reserved special figure 1 variable games, and pre-determines a special figure timer number as a variable time of the special figure 1 variable game. The prior determination result is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. As for the prior determination result, for example, the first and second ones are out of order (variation time is 10,000 ms), and the third is a big hit (variation time is 65000 ms).

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command including the information on the pre-determination result executes the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 29 for each pre-determination result. For example, in the special figure 1 variable game related to the first and second holds, the variation time is 10000 ms and not the predetermined variation time, so the prefetch lottery process is not executed (No in step S1701). In addition, the special figure 1 variable game related to the third hold has a variable time of 65000 ms and is a predetermined variable time, so a prefetch lottery process is executed (Yes in step S1701), and the prefetch lottery process is won. (Yes in Steps S1702 and S1703) Since this is the third hold, “3” is set as the number of pre-reading notice executions (Step S1704), the pre-reading execution flag is set to the on state (Step S1705). A pre-determined result (stop symbol (for example, “special symbol A”) and variation time (65000 ms)) is stored as the prefetch type (step S1706), and a prefetch notice command including the display color of the hold display image a3 is displayed in the decorative symbol display device. It is output to 208 (step S1707). As a result, as shown in FIG. 37A, the blue circular hold display images a1 and a2 and the red circular hold display image a3 are displayed in the hold display area 208d1. On the other hand, since the number of hold of the special figure 2 variable game is 0, no hold display image is displayed in the hold display area 208d2.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since “decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, “decoration 4-decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display areas 208b and 208c as shown in FIG. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games does not change within the predetermined time, the display state in the hold display areas 208d1 and 208d2 is maintained as the display state in FIG. Yes.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 acquires the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is started next, and obtains it. The stored special figure 1 random value set is erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding rank is incremented by one, and the special figure 1 reserved number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random number value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is a success / failure determination result and a special figure timer number Is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In this embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special diagram I”), and the variation time of the special diagram 1 variable game is 10000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 37 (c), the decorative symbols are moved (rotated) from top to bottom in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, as indicated by the downward-facing thick arrows. The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, prior to executing the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. It is determined which of the special figure 2 variable games. For example, when the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 executes the process shown in FIG. Processing is not executed.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received a command indicating that the next special figure variable game is the special figure 1 variable game from the main control unit 300 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 1 variable game. Then, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, and in the normal common advance notice lottery process (step S1301), it is not won (“not notified”), and pre-read execution Since the middle flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restricting flag is off (No in step S1401), button effect processing 2 (step S1406) is executed.

  When the pre-reading execution flag is on, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment does not display the pre-read notice notification image in the effect display area 208d, but does not display any of the three effect modes such as “Yoshimune mode”. The pre-read-only mode that is commonly used in each production mode is started. In the pre-read-only mode, the pre-read notice notification can be executed over a plurality of symbol variations until the symbol variation display subject to the prior notice notification. The pre-read only mode is continuously executed even if the special figure 2 variable game is interrupted and executed during execution of the special figure 1 pre-reading notice. Further, in the pre-read only mode, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured not to output an effect mode change command to the decorative symbol display device 208 even if the chance button is pressed during the execution of the button effect process 2. . As a result, the pre-read-only mode cannot be changed based on the player's intention.

  For example, after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the player within the changeable period of the effect mode until the first symbol stops (within the initial setting time of the timer 2 which is the effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 30). Does not press the chance button 136, the button effect process 2 ends, and then the first sub-control unit 400 sets the number of pre-reading notice executions from “3” to “2” (step S1407). The 1st sub control part notice process at the time of the start of special figure variable game shown in 19 is ended. Thereafter, the first sub-control unit 400 receives a command indicating that, for example, three game balls have won the special figure 2 starting port 232 (step S307). As a result, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display the three circular hold display images b1, b2, and b3 in the hold display area 208d2 for the special figure 2. Since the special figure 2 prefetch process is not executed during non-electric support (step S1000), the special figure 2 prefetch result information is not transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. For this reason, the first sub-control unit 400 cannot execute the first control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning, does not output the pre-reading notice command to the decorative symbol display device 208, and the hold display image b1, The display color of b2 and b3 is the default color blue.

  Then, when a predetermined period has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 37 (d), “decoration 1-decoration 5-decoration 4” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games does not change within the predetermined period, the hold display images a1 and a2 are maintained in the hold display area 208d1, and the hold display images b1 and b2 are maintained. , B3 are maintained in the hold display area 208d2.

  By the way, in the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment, a special figure 1 random value set is stored in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and a special figure 2 random value set is stored in the special figure 2 random value storage area. If it is, the special figure 2 random value set is acquired from the special figure 2 random value storage area, and the special figure random value set is stored in either the special figure 1 or special figure 2 random value storage area. In such a case, a special figure random value set is acquired from the storage area in which the special figure random value set is stored. That is, the pachinko machine 100 is a special figure 2 priority changing machine that executes the special figure 2 variable game with priority over the special figure 1 variable game. For this reason, the special figure variable game to be started next is a special figure variable game.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 acquires the set of the special figure 2 random number stored first in the special figure 2 random value storage area, executes the determination of whether or not the special figure variable game is started next, and acquires it. The stored special figure 2 random value group is erased, the remaining special figure 2 random value group data is processed so that the data is retained one by one, and the special figure 2 retained number is further subtracted by one. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 2 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is a success / failure determination result and the special figure timer number. Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In this embodiment, for example, the determination result is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 variable game is 8000 ms.

  By the way, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment stores in the predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation number that is the number of executions of the special figure 2 variable game interrupted during the execution of the special figure 1 prefetch notice. It is supposed to be. Special Figure 2 The initial value of the number of interrupt fluctuations is “0”. The special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation count is increased by “1” when a special figure 2 variable game start command is output to the decorative symbol display device 208. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is configured to end the pre-read-only mode and change to a normal production mode such as “Yoshimune mode” when the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation count becomes equal to the pre-read notice execution count. . As a result, the prefetch notice in the prefetch only mode is restricted.

  Before the start of the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIG. 37 (e), the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation number is “0”, the pre-reading notice execution number is “2”, and the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation number is Since it is less than the number of pre-reading notice executions, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to maintain the display mode in the pre-read only mode. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 adds 1 to the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation count to “1” and, as shown in FIG. 37 (e), displays the left middle right symbol on the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to start the special figure 2 variable game of the effect that the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from the top to the bottom as indicated by the downward-facing thick arrows in the areas 208a, 208b, and 208c. To do. In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 2 holding number is decreased by 1, the first sub control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the display of the holding display image b3.

  In addition, the first sub-control unit 400 that has received a command from the main control unit 300 indicating that the next special figure variable game is the special figure 2 variable game, the next variable game to be started is the special figure 2 variable game. Therefore, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is not executed.

  When a predetermined time has passed after that, as shown in FIG. 37 (f), “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 4” is stopped and displayed on the ornament symbol display device 208 in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. Then, it is notified that the special figure 2 variable game is out of play. Further, since the hold of the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games is not changed within the predetermined period, the display mode of the hold display images a1, a2, b1, and b2 is maintained.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 executes substantially the same processing as that executed prior to the start of the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIG. 37 (e), and determines whether or not the special figure 2 variable game is successful and the special figure timer number. The determination result is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 with the determination result and the special figure timer number. In this embodiment, for example, the determination result is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 variable game is 8000 ms.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received a command indicating that the next special figure variable game is the special figure 2 variable game from the main control unit 300 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 2 variable game. Then, without executing the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. The special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation count is “1”, the prefetching notice execution count is “2”, and the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation count is smaller than the prefetching notice execution count, as shown in FIG. In addition, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to maintain the display mode in the pre-read only mode. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 adds 1 to the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation count to “2”, and displays the figure in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to start the special figure 2 variable game of the effect that the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from the top to the bottom as shown by the middle down arrow.

  Thereafter, when a predetermined period has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), “decoration 6-decoration 4-decoration 5” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. Then, it is notified that the special figure 2 variable game is out of play. Further, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received the command including the information that the special figure 2 holding number has decreased by 1, the display of the holding display images a1 and a2 is maintained and the holding display image b2 is deleted. Yes.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 executes substantially the same processing as that executed prior to the start of the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIG. 37 (e), and determines whether or not the special figure 2 variable game is successful and the special figure timer number. The determination result is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 with the determination result and the special figure timer number.

  Since the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment preferentially executes the special figure 2 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 2 variable game. The special sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure change game shown in FIG. 19 is not executed, and the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation number and the pre-read notice execution number are compared. The special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation number is “2”, the prefetching notice execution number is “2”, and the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation number is equal to the prefetching notice execution number. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 38C, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the presentation mode (in this example, “Yoshimune mode”) before switching the display mode of the pre-read only mode to the pre-read only mode, for example. The decorative design display device 208 is controlled so as to change the mode.

  In the prefetch only mode, a prefetch notice of a special figure 1 random number set corresponding to the hold display image a3 shown in FIG. The special figure 1 random value pair has not been digested at the present time due to the interruption of the special figure 2 variable game. However, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a special figure variable game of the number of times scheduled (set) at the start of the pre-reading notice even if the set of the special figure 1 random numbers targeted for the pre-reading notice has not been digested. At the point of time, the pre-read-only mode is configured to end as if a predetermined condition is satisfied. When the prefetch-only mode ends, the prefetch notice notification is restricted. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 resets the special figure 2 interrupt fluctuation count to the initial value because the pre-read only mode has ended.

  In addition, the first sub-control unit 400 moves (rotates) the decorative symbols from the top to the bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. ) The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to start the special figure 2 variable game of the effect.

  Although illustration is omitted, after a predetermined time has elapsed, the symbols based on the determination result of the special figure 2 variable game are stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, The result of determining whether or not the special figure 2 variable game is successful is notified.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment corresponds to the start information corresponding to the starting information based on the fact that the game ball has entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 before the special figure 1 variable game subject to the prefetch notice is executed. The pre-read only mode, which is one of the pre-read notice notification effects, is regulated when the variable game is executed a predetermined number of times. Further, in this embodiment, the predetermined number of special figure 2 variable games executed until the prefetch only mode is regulated is the number of remaining fluctuations of the special figure 1 variable game subject to the prefetch notice (in this example, 27 is set to the same number as the two fluctuations shown in FIG. 27 (e) to FIG. 38 (b). Note that the predetermined number of times is not limited to this, and may be, for example, the reserved upper limit number (4) of the special figure 2 variable game or a variable number arbitrarily set in advance at the start of the first special figure 2 variable game. .

  Since the pre-reading notice (preliminary notice) is to notify the notice based on the prefetched result (preliminary judgment result), the number of fluctuations exceeding the upper limit of the number of reserved memory of the special figure variable game and the pre-reading notice are special. The pre-reading notice and notification effect continues over the number of special figure 1 variable games that exceed the number of times that can be implemented with only the fluctuation of FIG. 1 (the number of start information stored in the special figure 1 random value storage area at the time of prior judgment). Then, the prefetch notice notification effect seems to be not based on the prefetch result. For this reason, there is a risk that such a pre-reading notice may become a performance that is difficult for a player to understand. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the special figure 2 variable game is interrupted during the prefetch notice notification effect of the special figure 1 and exceeds the scheduled number of fluctuations of the special figure 1 variable game, the prefetch of the special figure 1 is read. Since the advance notice notification can be regulated, it may be possible to prevent the prefetch notice notice from becoming difficult for the player to understand.

  In addition, according to the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the hold display image is configured to be displayed over a plurality of special figure variable games and suggest a final change that is a target of the prefetch notice. Even if the display of the pre-reading notice image is restricted during the special figure variable game, the player may be able to maintain the expectation of the pre-reading notice by continuously displaying the hold display image. .

  Next, the operation in the case where a power interruption occurs during the special figure variable game will be described with reference to FIG. For example, as shown in FIG. 37 (f), the special figure 2 variable game is finished, and the decoration symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 5—decoration 4—decoration 4” in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. "Is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 2 variable game is out of play. Here, when power interruption occurs, for example, the voltage monitoring circuit 338 outputs, for example, a low voltage signal to the basic circuit 302 as an electric system abnormality signal indicating that there is an abnormality in the electric system for operating the main control unit 300. (Step S105).

  When the low voltage signal is output, the main control unit 300 stores, for example, a stack pointer value and a register value in the RAM 308 as information relating to game control. When the activation signal is input after the low voltage signal is output, the main control unit 300 returns to the control state at the time of outputting the low voltage signal based on the information related to the game control stored in the RAM 308 ( Step S111). As a result, the main control unit 300 returns the display state of each of the symbol display devices 210, 212, 214, the lamps 216, 218, 220, etc. to the state before the low voltage signal is output. When the first sub-control unit 400 receives a power recovery command from the main control unit 300 (step S233), the first sub-control unit 400 returns to the state before the power interruption, but at that time, the decorative symbol display device controls the information related to the prefetch notice notification. 208 is controlled. As shown in FIG. 37 (f), before power interruption, the display mode of the decorative symbol display device 208 is the pre-read only mode, the display color of the hold display image a2 is red, and the pre-read notice notification is executed. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 39, after power is restored, the display mode of the decorative symbol display device 208 is “Yoshimune mode” which is the default effect mode, and the display color of the hold display image a2 is blue. Furthermore, the stop symbol “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 4” displayed in the effect display area 208d before power interruption becomes “decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3” which is the initial symbol of the stop symbol. As described above, the power interruption / recovery is an opportunity to regulate the pre-read notice notification effect.

  The first sub-control unit 400 may be configured not to store information related to the prefetch notice when a power interruption occurs. In addition, when the power interruption occurs, the first sub-control unit 400 stores information related to the pre-reading notice in the RAM 408, but does not use the information for controlling the decorative symbol display device 208 after the return, that is, not based on the information. The decorative symbol display device 208 may be controlled. Of course, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment other than the first embodiment and the present embodiment may also be configured to restrict the pre-reading notice notification effect after power recovery.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, there is a case where it is easy for a player or a store clerk to recognize that power has been restored by restricting the pre-reading notice that has been implemented.

  Next, the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 2-4 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 40 and 41. FIG. 40 and 41 are diagrams for explaining the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, a case will be described in which a game ball wins a special figure 2 starting port 232 during execution of a countdown type pre-reading notice effect. In the present embodiment, the same reference numerals are given to components having the same functions and functions as those of the pachinko machine 100 according to the above embodiments 2-1 to 2-3, and the description thereof is omitted. 40 (a) to 40 (e) and 36 (a) to 36 (i) show the special figure 1 variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in chronological order in the order indicated by the straight arrows. Each is shown.

  In FIG. 40A, for example, the production mode is “Yoshimune mode”, and the special figure 1 variable game is already started during the non-electric support, and the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration”. "6" is stopped and the symbol variation display in which the decorative symbol moves (rotates) from the top to the bottom as shown by a downward-pointing thick arrow in the middle right symbol display areas 208b and 208c is executed. Show. Also, during this special figure 1 variable game, three game balls win the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the following processing is executed during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game.

  For example, the main control unit 300 pre-determines and pre-determines three reserved special figure 1 variable games, and pre-determines a special figure timer number as a variable time of the special figure 1 variable game. The prior determination result is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. As for the prior determination result, for example, the first and second ones are out of order (variation time is 10,000 ms), and the third is a big hit (variation time is 65000 ms).

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command including the information on the pre-determination result executes the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 29 for each pre-determination result. For example, in the special figure 1 variable game related to the first and second holds, the variation time is 10000 ms and not the predetermined variation time, so the prefetch lottery process is not executed (No in step S1701). In addition, the special figure 1 variable game related to the third hold has a variable time of 65000 ms and is a predetermined variable time, so a prefetch lottery process is executed (Yes in step S1701), and the prefetch lottery process is won. (Yes in Steps S1702 and S1703) Since this is the third hold, “3” is set as the number of pre-reading notice executions (Step S1704), the pre-reading execution flag is set to the on state (Step S1705). A pre-determined result (stop symbol (for example, “special symbol A”) and variation time (65000 ms)) is stored as the prefetch type (step S1706), and a prefetch notice command including the display color of the hold display image a3 is displayed in the decorative symbol display device. It is output to 208 (step S1707). As a result, as shown in FIG. 40A, blue circular hold display images a1 and a2 and a red circular hold display image a3 are displayed in the hold display area 208d1. On the other hand, since the special figure 2 variable game is not held, no hold display image is displayed in the hold display area 208d2.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since “decoration 6” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, as shown in FIG. 40B, “decoration 4-decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the middle right symbol display areas 208b and 208c. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games does not change within the predetermined time, the display state in the hold display areas 208d1 and 208d2 is maintained as the display state in FIG. Yes.

  Next, prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 40C, for example, the following processing is executed. The main control unit 300 acquires the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is started next, and obtains it. The stored special figure 1 random value set is erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding rank is incremented by one, and the special figure 1 reserved number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random number value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is appropriate and the special figure timer number Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In this embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special diagram I”), and the variation time of the special diagram 1 variable game is 10000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 40 (c), the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as shown by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 (rotate). The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, prior to executing the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. It is determined which of the special figure 2 variable games. For example, when the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 executes the process shown in FIG. Processing is not executed.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received a command indicating that the next special figure variable game is the special figure 1 variable game from the main control unit 300 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 1 variable game. Then, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is executed, and in the normal common advance notice lottery process (step S1301), it is not won (“not notified”), and pre-read execution Since the middle flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restricting flag is off (No in step S1401), button effect processing 2 (step S1406) is executed.

  Further, since the pre-reading execution flag is in the on state, the pre-read notice notification image 740 is displayed in the effect display area 208d. The prefetch notice image 740 does not correspond to any of the three effect modes such as “Yoshimune mode” and is used in common in each effect mode. The prefetch notice notification image 740 is capable of executing the prefetch notice notification over a plurality of symbol variations until the symbol variation display subject to the prior notice notification. For example, the prefetch notice image 740 has a countdown display mode, and can be notified that a special figure variation game that can be expected to be a big hit is executed at a number variation destination. The pre-reading notice image 740 is displayed in the effect display area 208d overlapping the area of the middle symbol display area 208b. The pre-reading notice image 740 is an image that represents a circle and a number that indicates a symbol variation display that is a target of the pre-reading notice in the circle. The number is determined based on, for example, the number of prefetching notice executions, and is a value obtained by subtracting 1 from the number of prefetching notice executions. Since the number of times of prefetching notice execution at the present time is “3”, the number represented in the prefetching notice image 740 is “2”. As shown in FIG. 40 (c), the prefetch notice image 740 is displayed in the effect display area 208d so as to overlap the symbol variation executed in the middle symbol display area 208b. For this reason, the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b cannot be visually recognized by the player by the prefetch notice image 740.

  Further, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is reduced by 1, the holding display image a1 becomes a blue circular image as shown in FIG. 40 (c). The hold display image a2 becomes a red circular image, and the hold display image a3 is deleted.

  For example, after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the player within the changeable period of the effect mode until the first symbol stops (within the initial setting time of the timer 2 which is the effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 30). Does not press the chance button 136, the button effect process 2 ends, and then the first sub-control unit 400 sets the number of pre-reading notice executions from “3” to “2” (step S1407). The 1st sub control part notice process at the time of the start of special figure variable game shown in 19 is ended. Thereafter, the first sub-control unit 400 receives a command indicating that, for example, one game ball has won the special figure 2 starting port 232 (step S307). Thus, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to display one circular hold display image b1 in the hold display area 208d2 for the special figure 2. Since the special figure 2 prefetch process is not executed during non-electric support (step S1000), the special figure 2 prefetch result information is not transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. For this reason, the 1st sub-control part 400 cannot perform the 1st control part prefetch notice execution processing at the time of starting information winning. Therefore, since the first sub-control unit 400 does not output a prefetch notice command to the decorative symbol display device 208, the display color of the hold display image b1 is the default color blue.

  When a predetermined time has passed after that, as shown in FIG. 40 (d), “decoration 1-decoration 5-decoration 4” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c on the ornamental symbol display device 208. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games does not change within the predetermined time, the display mode of the hold display images a1, a2, and b1 is maintained.

  Since the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change machine, prior to the start of the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIG. 40 (e), for example, the following processing is executed. The main control unit 300 acquires the set of the special figure 2 random number stored first in the special figure 2 random value storage area, executes the determination of whether or not the special figure variable game is started next, and acquires it. The stored special figure 2 random value set is erased, and the special figure 2 holding number is subtracted by one. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 2 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is a success / failure determination result and the special figure timer number. Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In this embodiment, for example, the determination result is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 variable game is 8000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 40 (e), the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as indicated by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 (rotate). The special figure 2 variable game of the production to be started.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received a command indicating that the next special figure variable game is the special figure 2 variable game from the main control unit 300 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 2 variable game. Then, the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is not executed.

  By the way, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment displays the prefetch notice notification image 740 to temporarily stop the prefetch notice notice effect when the special figure 2 variable game is interrupted during execution of the prefetch notice notice of the special figure 1. Is transmitted to the decorative symbol display device 208 and, for example, a pre-reading notice notification effect stop flag provided in a predetermined area of the RAM 408 is turned on (for example, the value of the flag is “1”). Yes. Thereby, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment prevents inconsistencies between the numbers shown in the prefetch notice image 740 and the special figure 1 variable game to be prefetched. The prefetch notice notification effect stop flag is set to an off state at the start of the first special figure 1 variable game after interruption of the special figure 2 variable game.

  For example, when the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 2 variable game, the decorative symbol display device 208 is configured to stop displaying the prefetch notice image 740 in the effect display area 208d. To control. As a result, as shown in FIG. 40E, the prefetch notice image 740 is not displayed in the effect display area 208d. As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment determines that a predetermined condition is satisfied when the special figure 2 variable game is put on hold, and regulates the prefetch notice notification. In other words, the fact that the special figure 2 variable game is put on hold serves as an opportunity for regulating the pre-reading notice notification effect.

  In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 2 holding number is decreased by 1, the first sub control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the display of the holding display image b1.

  When a predetermined time has passed after that, as shown in FIG. 40 (f), “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 4” is stopped and displayed on the left and right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c on the ornamental symbol display device 208. Then, it is notified that the special figure 2 variable game is out of play. Further, since the number of special figure 1 and special figure 2 holds is not changed within the predetermined time, the display mode in the hold display areas 208d1 and 208d2 is maintained.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 acquires the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is started next, and obtains it. The stored special figure 1 random value set is erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding rank is incremented by one, and the special figure 1 reserved number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random number value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is appropriate and the special figure timer number Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In this embodiment, for example, the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special diagram I”), and the variation time of the special diagram 1 variable game is 10000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 41 (a), the decorative symbols move from top to bottom as shown by the downward-pointing thick arrows in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 (rotate). The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started.

  In addition, the first sub-control unit 400 that has received a command from the main control unit 300 indicating that the next special figure variable game is the special figure 1 variable game, the next variable game to be started is the special figure 1 variable game. And the pre-reading notice notification effect stop flag is turned off (for example, the flag value is “0”). In addition, since the pre-reading execution flag is on, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so that the pre-read notice notification image 740 is displayed again in the effect display area 208d. Since the number of executions of the pre-reading notice is “2” at this time, the number “1” is displayed in a circle in the pre-reading notice image 740 that is redisplayed as shown in FIG. Similarly to the case of FIG. 40 (c), the prefetch notice image 740 is displayed in the effect display area 208d and superimposed on the symbol variation executed in the middle symbol display area 208b. For this reason, the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b cannot be visually recognized by the player by the prefetch notice image 740.

  In addition, since the first sub-control unit 400 has received a command including information in which the special figure 1 holding number is decreased by 1, the holding display image a1 is a red circular image as shown in FIG. The display of the hold display image a2 is deleted.

  Prior to executing the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19, the pachinko machine 100 performs the special figure variable game to be started next as the special figure variable game and the special figure 2 variable. Determine which is the game. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 1 variable game, and executes the process shown in FIG.

  The first sub-control unit 400 executes the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19, and is not selected (“not noticed”) in the normal common notice lottery process (step S1301). Since the prefetching execution flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the prefetching restriction flag is off (No in step S1401), the button effect process 2 (step S1406) is executed.

  For example, after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the player within the changeable period of the effect mode until the first symbol stops (within the initial setting time of the timer 2 which is the effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 30). However, the button effect process 2 is terminated without pressing the chance button 136, and then the first sub-control unit 400 subtracts 1 from the number of pre-reading notice executions to “1” (step S1407), and the special effect shown in FIG. The first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the figure variable game is ended.

  Thereafter, when a predetermined period has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 41 (b), “decoration 6-decoration 4-decoration 5” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. Then, it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In addition, since the number of hold of special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games does not change within the predetermined period, the display mode of the hold display image in the hold display areas 208d1 and 208d2 is maintained.

  Next, for example, the following processing is executed prior to the start of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 acquires the special figure 1 random number set stored first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, and executes a determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is started next, and obtains it. The stored special figure 1 random value set is erased, and the special figure 1 holding number is subtracted by one. In addition, when erasing the data of the first special figure 1 random value set in the special figure 1 random value storage area, the main controller 300 simultaneously reads the first special figure 1 prefetch in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage part. The information of the result is erased, and 1 is subtracted from the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the special figure 1 prefetch number storage area. Further, in this process, the main control unit 300 obtains a special figure timer number determination random number value, determines a special figure timer number as a fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game, and determines whether or not the result is appropriate and the special figure timer number Are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. For example, the success / failure determination result is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure A”), and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 variable game is 65000 ms.

  As shown in FIG. 41 (c), the decorative symbols are moved (rotated) from top to bottom in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, as indicated by the downward-facing thick arrows. The special figure 1 variable game of the production to be started.

  Further, the first sub-control unit 400 has the pre-reading notice notification stop flag off and the pre-reading execution flag is on, so that the decorative symbol is displayed so that the pre-reading notice image 740 is displayed in the effect display area 208d. The display device 208 is controlled. At this time, the pre-reading notice execution count is “1”, and the special figure 1 variable game is a special figure variable game targeted for the prefetching notice, so that the prefetch notice notification image 740 is displayed as shown in FIG. Is an image representing the letters “0! Hot!” Instead of circles and numbers. Thereby, the pachinko machine 100 can notify that the special 1-variable game is likely to be a big hit. Similarly to the case of FIG. 40 (c), the prefetch notice image 740 is displayed in the effect display area 208d and superimposed on the symbol variation executed in the middle symbol display area 208b. For this reason, the symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b cannot be visually recognized by the player by the prefetch notice image 740.

  In addition, prior to executing the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19, the pachinko machine 100 performs the special figure variable game to be started next as the special figure variable game and the special figure. Determine which of the two variation games. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the next variable game to be started is the special figure 1 variable game, and executes the process shown in FIG.

  The first sub-control unit 400 executes the first sub-control unit notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19, and wins “notice X” in the common common notice lottery process (step S1301). Since the pre-reading execution flag is on (Yes in step S1302) and the pre-reading restriction flag is off (No in step S1401), button effect processing 2 (step S1406) is executed.

  For example, after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the player within the changeable period of the effect mode until the first symbol stops (within the initial setting time of the timer 2 which is the effect mode change timer shown in FIG. 30). However, the button effect process 2 is terminated, and then the first sub-control unit 400 subtracts 1 from the number of pre-reading notice executions to “0” (step S1407), the pre-reading execution flag and The prefetching restricting flag is set to an off state (step S1409), and the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the start of the special figure variable game shown in FIG. 19 is terminated.

  Further, after the elapse of a predetermined period, as shown in FIG. 41 (d), reach B effect is started on the decorative symbol display device 208, and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. . Further, in the special figure 1 variable game, since “notice X” is won in the common common notice lottery process, the pre-read notice notice image 740 is replaced with the effect display area 208d overlapping the area of the middle symbol display area 208b. Thus, the normal common notice notification image 900 is displayed, and the normal common notice notification effect related to “notice X” is executed.

  Furthermore, after the elapse of a predetermined period, as shown in FIG. 41 (e), the normal common notice image 900 is deleted and “decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b. Thus, “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the ornament symbol display device 208, and the special figure 1 variable game is a big hit. Informed.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, for the special figure 2 variable game interrupted during the execution of the pre-reading notice in FIG. May be easily recognized as a symbol variation display related to the special figure 1. For example, in the case of a notice form in which the pre-reading notice image used for the pre-reading notice notice counts down the symbol variation display until the symbol variation display that is the target (last) of the prefetch notice notification, when the special figure 2 variable game interrupts, There may be a contradiction between the symbol variation display subject to the prefetch notice notification and the countdown display shown in the prefetch notice notice image. Since the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment regulates the prefetch notice notification of the special figure 1 during the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game, it is displayed in the symbol variation display and the prefetch notice notice image that are targets of the prefetch notice. Inconsistency with the countdown display can be prevented, and the entertainment of the game can be suitably maintained.

Next, the characteristic configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 28 again.
(A1) The game stand according to this embodiment is
Symbol variable display (e.g., change the display of the special symbol 1) first display means capable run (e.g., special symbol 1 display 212),
Plural types of hold icon (e.g., hold display image) displayed in the execution possible second display means (for example, decorative pattern display device 208),
Plural kinds of read-ahead warning (e.g., look-ahead warning, prefetching notice with hold display image using the look-ahead warning notification image) executable prefetch notifying means (for example, the first sub-control during startup information winning illustrated in FIG. 18 Part pre-reading notice execution process and first sub-control part notice execution process at the start of change shown in FIG.
Multiple types of production modes (for example, Hime mode, Yoshimune mode, Samurai mode)
A game machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100) comprising:
Wherein the plurality of types of read-ahead notice includes a first look-ahead warning (e.g., look-ahead warning using read-ahead warning notification image),
Wherein the plurality of types of read-ahead notice includes a second look-ahead warning (e.g., look-ahead warning using the hold display image), and
It said second display means is broadcast knowledge possible means the number of holding about execution of the symbol variation display,
Said second display means is broadcast knowledge possible means the number of the pending by the number of the held icon to be displayed,
The plurality of types of holding icons comprises a first holding icon (e.g., default color circle filled in blue of the hold display image (hold display picture a1, a2 shown in FIG. 26 (a))),
The plurality of types of holding icons comprises a second pending icon (e.g., hold display picture circular filled red (hold display image shown in FIG. 26 (a) a3)),
Said second hold icon, and the second look-ahead warning are held icon that appears,
The plurality of types of effect mode includes the first effect mode (for example, Yoshimune mode),
The plurality of types of effect mode includes a second effect mode (for example, old man mode),
The second effect mode, the first look-ahead warning (e.g., look-ahead warning notification image 720 corresponding to the "old man mode") is a demonstration mode which is executed as a (e.g., FIG. 27 (a) ~ ( d))
When the first condition is satisfied (for example, Yes in step S1604), the prefetching notice unit performs the first prefetching notice (for example, “Yoshimune mode”) that has been executed in the first rendering mode. an end Ryosuru means prefetching notice notification image 710) corresponding to (e.g., FIG. 26 (c) refer to ~ (e)),
The first condition is a condition that may be satisfied by changing from the first effect mode to the second effect mode during execution of the first prefetch notice and the second prefetch notice. (See, for example, FIGS. 26 (d) and (e)),
A game stand characterized by that.
(A2)
A gaming machine according to (A1),
The first display means can start symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) after symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”). (For example, see FIGS. 26 and 27),
The first symbol variable display (e.g., FIG. 26 (a) ~ (c) refer) is executable a symbol variable display in the first effect mode,
It said second pattern variable display (e.g., see FIG. 27) is executable a symbol variable display in the second effect mode,
A game stand characterized by that.
(A3)
(A1) or (A2) game machine according to
It said prefetch notice means, when there is satisfied the first condition, the second prefetch notice (e.g., hold display image a2 shown in FIG. 26 (e)) is continued to means,
A game stand characterized by that.
(A4)
(A1) thru | or the game stand as described in any one of (A3),
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of starting the second prefetching notice earlier than the first prefetching notice as the prefetching notice corresponding to the same symbol variation display (for example, FIG. ) To (c))
A game stand characterized by that.
(A5)
(A1) to (A4) according to any one of (A4),
It said prefetch notifying means is executable means the prefetch notice at least part of the case of spruce determination result becomes big hit (e.g., see FIG. 27),
It said prefetch notifying means, the spruce determination result is executable means the prefetch notice at least some of the cases that do not big hit (e.g., see FIG. 26),
The game machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100).
A game stand characterized by that.
(1) The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment
When a game ball enters a start area (for example, special figure 1 start port 230 or special figure 2 start port 232), start information (for example, a combination of a random number value for hit determination and a random number value for hit special figure determination) ) Starting information deriving means (for example, random value generation circuit 318 or winning acceptance process (step S217));
NG determination means (for example, special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) and special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231)) for determining whether or not based on the starting information;
In a case where the result of the success / failure determination is a specific success / failure determination result (for example, a win), the first control state in which the advantage for the player is the first advantage (for example, the variable winning opening 234 is in the non-operation state) (The door member 234a is in the closed state)) to the second control state (for example, the variable winning opening 234 is in the open state) (the door member 234a is in the open state). )) Control state transition means (for example, special figure 2 state update process (step S225) or special figure 1 state update process (step S227)),
After the symbols are displayed in a variable manner, the symbol display means for performing the symbol variation stop display for stopping and displaying the symbol mode corresponding to the result of the success / failure determination (for example, the special symbol 1 and special symbol 2 display devices 212 and 214 and the decorative symbol display) Device 208);
Preliminary means (for example, at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 18) for making a notice (for example, a notice using a normal common notice notice image or a button notice notice image) as to whether or not the success / failure judgment means derives the specific success / failure judgment result First sub-control part pre-reading notice execution process and first start sub-control part notice execution process at the start of change shown in FIG.
Multiple types of production modes (for example, Hime mode, Yoshimune mode, Samurai mode)
Operation means (for example, button effect processing 2 and chance button 136) capable of selecting one effect mode from the plurality of effect modes by the player's operation;
A game machine equipped with
During the symbol variation stop display, the effective period of the effect mode selection (for example, the timer 2 for changing the effect mode (for example, 5 seconds)),
When the effect mode is changed by the operation of the operation means (for example, step S1604 in the button effect process 2), the notifying means performs a specific notice (for example, a look-ahead notice notification image) during the symbol variation stop display. (For example, step S1607 in the button effect process 2 shown in FIG. 22) is restricted.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, it may be possible to preferentially notify the change of the production mode. Moreover, according to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, when the effect mode is changed, it may be possible to regulate the notice of the changed effect mode that can appear during the effective period of the effect mode change.

(2) The pachinko machine 100,
The notice means terminates the specific notice that the notice means has executed in the effect mode before the change when the effect mode is changed by the operation of the operation means.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, it may be possible to maintain the correspondence between the effect mode and the pre-reading notice while preferentially informing the change of the effect mode. By maintaining the corresponding relationship, the pachinko machine 100 may be able to have unique characteristics for each effect mode, such as changing the appearance rate of the prefetch notice for each effect mode.

(3) The pachinko machine 100,
The specific notice is a notice that can appear during the valid period (for example, a look-ahead notice using a look-ahead notice image corresponding to the current time or the changed effect mode).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having this configuration, after the change of the production mode, the player is notified that the production mode has been changed by restricting the execution of the pre-read notice that can appear during the production mode change valid period. It may be possible to make it easy to understand.

(4) The pachinko machine 100,
The specific notice is configured in different modes (for example, the prefetch notice notice image 710 and the prefetch notice notice image 720) in the plurality of types of effect modes.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, it may be possible to maintain the correspondence between the effect mode and the prefetch notice.

(5) The pachinko machine 100,
The notice means is
Operation means notice (for example, notice using the button notice image 700) accompanying the operation of the operation means can be executed during the effective period of the effect mode change (for example, timer 1 for button notice (for example, 3 seconds)) ( For example, it is step S1505) in the button effect process 1.
During the effective period of the operation means in the operation means notice (for example, button notice timer 1 (for example, 3 seconds)), the change of the effect mode is restricted (for example, execution of the first sub-control section notice at the start of change) Steps S1305 to S1307) in the process.

  For example, the operation of the operation means such as the chance button 136 is used for various effects during the symbol variation stop display in addition to the change of the effect mode. Since the change of the production mode basically depends on the player's preference, the pachinko machine 100 has various effective periods in which the production mode can be changed (for example, button production processing 2 (step S1308 or step S1406)). It has been. It may be possible to enhance the interest of the game by giving priority to the button notice using the operation means.

(6) The pachinko machine 100,
Start information storage means (for example, special figure 1 random value storage area or special figure 2 random value storage area provided in the RAM 308) capable of storing the start information up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, four),
A start information pre-reading means (for example, special figure pre-reading process (step S224)) for pre-reading the start information stored in the start information storage means before the hit / no-go determining means performs the determination of correct / incorrect;
Corresponding based on the predetermined start information pre-read by the start information pre-reading means before the correct / incorrect determination based on the predetermined start information stored in the start information storage means is performed by the correct / incorrect determination means. Pre-determination means (for example, special figure pre-reading process (step S224)) for pre-determining whether or not the non-determination means derives the specific determination result
The advance notice means, based on the advance determination result, the specific advance notice as the advance notice for pre-notifying whether the success / failure determination means derives the specific success / failure determination result, and the success / failure determination means. Can be executed before the determination is made (for example, steps S1203 to S1208 in the first sub-control section pre-reading notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 18).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, the pre-reading notice is basically a notice that can be expected to be a big hit, and by maintaining the correspondence between the reliability and the rendering mode and the pre-reading notice. It may be possible to prevent the player from giving unnecessary distrust.

(7) The pachinko machine 100,
The notice means is
Over the symbol variation stop display based on the predetermined start information corresponding to the preliminary determination result determined to perform the specific notice from the most recent symbol variation stop display at the time when it is determined that the specific notice is performed. The specific notice can be executed (for example, step S1205 in the first sub-control unit pre-read notice execution process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 18),
When the symbol variation stop display in which the effect mode is changed during the execution of the specific notice is not the symbol variation stop display based on the predetermined start information, the symbol variation stop display next to the symbol variation stop display is performed. The specific notice is configured to be executable again (for example, steps S1402 to S1406 in the first sub-control unit notice execution process at the start of change).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, the player's interest is enhanced by maintaining the correspondence between the presentation mode and the pre-reading notice so as not to perform the pre-reading notice without changing the design change in the presentation mode. Can be maintained.

(8) The pachinko machine 100,
The specific notice has a different reliability for each production mode (for example, the reliability is higher in this order in the Samurai mode, Yoshimune mode, and Hime mode)
The notice means determines whether or not to execute the specific notice based on the reliability in the effect mode after the change (for example, decides with reference to a prefetch notice table).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, it is possible to make a prefetch notice appear in accordance with the reliability of the effect mode after the change of the effect mode. For example, it is also possible to provide a new way of enjoying that the player switches to the production mode with higher reliability than the execution time of the prefetch notice and expects whether or not the prefetch notice that has been once regulated is executed again.

(9) The pachinko machine 100,
The notice means spans a symbol fluctuation stop display based on the predetermined start information corresponding to the preliminary determination result determined to perform the notice from the latest symbol fluctuation stop display at the time when the notice is decided to be performed. (For example, step S1704 in the first sub-control unit look-ahead advance notice process at the time of winning the start information shown in FIG. 29), and the predetermined mode is changed when the effect mode is changed during the advance notice. It is characterized by restricting the execution of all notices up to the symbol change stop display based on the start information.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, if the effect mode is changed during the pre-reading notice, all the pre-reading notices are lost. Therefore, it may be more interesting for the player not to change the effect mode. . Further, the player can appropriately select either the maintenance of the pre-reading notice or the change of the effect mode.

The characteristic configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the second embodiment described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 and FIGS. 29 to 41 again.
(1) The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment
When a game ball enters a start area (for example, special figure 1 start port 230 or special figure 2 start port 232), start information (for example, a combination of a random number value for hit determination and a random number value for hit special figure determination) ) Starting information deriving means (for example, random value generation circuit 318 or winning acceptance process (step S217));
Starting information storage means (for example, special figure 1 random value storage area or special figure 2 random value storage area provided in the RAM 308) capable of storing the derived starting information up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, four)
When,
Starting information acquisition means for acquiring starting information from the starting information storage means (for example, special figure 2 related lottery process S229 and special figure 1 related lottery process S231);
A determination unit for determining whether or not to win based on the acquired start information (for example, special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) and special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231));
In a case where the result of the success / failure determination is a specific success / failure determination result (for example, a win), the first control state in which the advantage for the player is the first advantage (for example, the variable winning opening 234 is in the non-operation state) (The door member 234a is in the closed state)) to the second control state (for example, the variable winning opening 234 is in the open state) (the door member 234a is in the open state). )) Control state transition means (for example, special figure 2 state update process (step S225) or special figure 1 state update process (step S227)),
A symbol display means (for example, the special symbol 1 and special symbol display devices 212 and 214 and the decorative symbol display device 208) for performing symbol variation display for stopping and displaying the symbol pattern corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure;
A start information pre-reading means (for example, special figure pre-reading process (step S224)) for pre-reading the start information stored in the start information storage means before the hit / no-go determining means performs the determination of correct / incorrect;
Corresponding based on the predetermined start information pre-read by the start information pre-reading means before the correct / incorrect determination based on the predetermined start information stored in the start information storage means is performed by the correct / incorrect determination means. Pre-determination means (for example, special figure prefetching process (step S224)) for pre-determining whether or not the non-determination means derives the specific success / failure determination result;
Based on the pre-determined result pre-determined by the pre-determining means, the pre-notification for pre-notifying whether the success / failure determining means derives the specific success / failure determination result or not is determined. Prior notice means (for example, start information winning first sub-control section look-ahead notice execution process shown in FIG. 29 and variation start first sub-control part notice execution process shown in FIG. 19) to be performed before making the determination;
A game machine equipped with
Provided with a plurality of types of pre-notice notice (for example, pre-read notice notice image, pre-read only mode image, pre-read notice notice using a hold display image),
The advance notice means is
The multiple types of advance notices can be executed at the same time,
Any of the prior notice notifications is restricted when a predetermined condition is satisfied during the symbol variation display (for example, an operation of the chance button 136, winning a special figure 2 starting port 232, power interruption / recovery) ( For example, Steps S1806 and S1808 in the button effect process 2 shown in FIG. 30 and Step S1903 in the hold notice continuous lottery process shown in FIG. 31 are characterized.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, any of a plurality of prefetch notices may be restricted when a predetermined condition is satisfied. It is possible to improve the interest by performing multiple pre-reading notices, and by restricting any pre-reading notices when a predetermined condition is established, the special figure variable game subject to the prefetching notices can be given to the player. There are cases in which it is easy to understand.

(2) The pachinko machine 100,
The advance notice notification is a first advance notice notice (for example, pre-read notice notice images 710 and 720) that can execute a notice over a plurality of symbol change displays until the symbol change display that is a target of the advance notice notice. And a pre-notice notification using the pre-read only mode) and a second pre-notice notice (for example, a pre-read notice notification image 730 or a hold display image) that can suggest the symbol change display to be the target of the prior notice notification. Notice)
The advance notice means regulates the first advance notice in response to the establishment of the predetermined condition (for example, steps S1808 and S1808 in the button effect process 2 shown in FIG. 30).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, it may be possible to regulate the prefetch notice that is performed over a plurality of variations. In addition, according to the pachinko machine 100 having the above configuration, the second prior notice notification is configured to be able to suggest a final change that is executed over a plurality of changes and is subject to a prefetch notice. Even if the previous advance notice is restricted, the player may be able to maintain the expectation of the prefetch notice by continuing the second advance notice.

  The first advance notice is a notice specific to the production mode, and the second advance notice is, for example, a notice by changing the display color of the hold display image, but is not limited thereto. For example, the pre-reading notice that is temporarily unrecognizable by the player due to the establishment of the predetermined condition is included in the first advance notice. In order to make the player unrecognizable, for example, the pre-reading notice notification that conceals the first advance notice notification that appears when the player operates the operation means is used as the second advance notice notice. included.

(3) The pachinko machine 100,
A start hold number notifying means (for example, an effect display area 208d, hold display areas 208d1, 208d2) capable of notifying the player of the number of the start information stored in the start information storage means as a start hold number;
The start hold number notifying means notifies the start hold number by performing one start hold display (for example, display by a hold display image) for one start information stored in the start information storage means. By changing the start hold display corresponding to the symbol variation display to be subject to the prior notice notification (for example, changing the display color of the hold display image), the second advance It is configured to be able to execute a notice of notice.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, the pending change advance notice may be able to easily notify the symbol variation display that is the target of the advance notice.

(4) The pachinko machine 100,
There are multiple types of production modes (for example, Hime mode, Yoshimune mode, Samurai mode)
The first prior notice notification can execute a prior notice notice (for example, a prefetch notice notice using the prefetch notice notice image 710 and the prefetch notice notice image 720) based on the rendering mode,
The advance notice means regulates the first advance notice when the effect mode is changed (for example, steps S1805 to S1808 in the button effect process 2 shown in FIG. 30). To do.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the first advance notice is different for each production mode, but the first advance notice can be restricted when the production mode is changed. In some cases, the relationship between the effect mode and the first prior notice notification can be suitably maintained.

(5) The pachinko machine 100,
The prior notice means is characterized in that the type of the effect mode after the change can be notified (for example, an image of “Morning mode entry!” Shown in FIG. 33 (e) is displayed).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, it may be possible to perform the notification of the effect mode instead of the first advance notice. In addition, by notifying the changed effect mode, the player's interest may be improved.

(6) The pachinko machine 100,
The advance notice means includes operation means (for example, a chance button 136) that can be operated by the player,
The production mode can be changed by the operation of the operation means (for example, steps S1804 and S1805 in the button production process 2 shown in FIG. 30).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, there may be a case where a predetermined condition for restricting the prefetch notice notification can be established by the operation means that can be operated by the player. The effect mode changed by the player's intention is an important effect, and the interest of the player may be improved by notifying the newly selected effect mode. In addition, even if the player regulates the first advance notice when the notice in the production mode is more important for the player than the first advance notice, the player will not be able to Since it is possible to recognize the final change of the prefetch notice, the player's interest may be effectively maintained.

(7) The pachinko machine 100,
The symbol variation display (for example, FIG. 33 (c) and FIG. 33 (d)) in which the first advance notice is restricted due to the establishment of the predetermined condition during the execution of the first advance notice, When the symbol variation display based on the predetermined start information is not performed, the first advance notice is configured to be executable from the symbol variation display next to the symbol variation display (for example, the first sub-change at the start of variation). Steps S1402 to S1405 in the control part notice execution process are characterized by the following.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having this configuration, it is possible to restrict the first advance notice only when the predetermined condition is satisfied and to execute the first advance notice again from the next change. For example, the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration has a configuration in which the notification mode of the pre-reading notice is different for each effect mode, so that the player may be able to see the pre-reading notice corresponding to the desired effect mode. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 having this configuration maintains the relationship between the production mode and the first advance notice, and continues the prefetch notice until the symbol change suggested by the second advance notice is made. You may be able to improve your interests.

(8) The pachinko machine 100,
When the start information prefetching means prefetches new predetermined start information (for example, FIG. 33 (g)) during the symbol variation display that restricts the first advance notice, the first advance notice is displayed. The notification is configured to be executable from the symbol variation display (for example, FIG. 34 (a)) subsequent to the symbol variation display (for example, steps S1402 to S1405 in the first sub-control unit notice execution process at the start of variation). ).

  The pachinko machine 100 having the above configuration is also subjected to the pre-read lottery process for the new start information acquired during the execution of the pre-read notice, and therefore, based on the pre-read notice that was being executed and the new start information. In some cases, the player can be shown as if the pre-reading notice to be executed is continuously notified.

(9) The pachinko machine 100,
Continuation determination means (for example, step S1806 in the button effect process 2 shown in FIG. 30) for determining whether or not to continue the second prior notice notification when the predetermined condition is satisfied,
The continuation determining means may be configured such that when the symbol variation display corresponding to the second prior notice notification derives the specific success / failure determination result, the continuation determination means does not derive the specific success / failure determination result. The second prior notice notification is configured to be continued easily (for example, the pending notice continuous lottery table shown in FIG. 32).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, the continuation determination can be made to function as a notice effect that can make the player expect the player based on the continuation rate of the second advance notice when the predetermined condition is satisfied. There is a case. In particular, according to the configuration in which the predetermined condition is established by the operation of the operation means, the operation of the operation means can be associated with the pre-reading notice, and it may be possible to enhance the interest of the game.

(10) The pachinko machine 100,
When the predetermined condition is satisfied during the execution of the first advance notice, the design variation display in which the first advance notice is regulated is not a design change display based on the predetermined start information, and When the starting information prefetching means prefetches new predetermined starting information during the symbol variation display, the first advance notice is sent from the symbol variation display next to the symbol variation display of the new starting information. It is configured to be executable based on prefetching (for example, the first sub-control unit advance notice process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 29).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, there may be a case where it is possible to perform a resurrection lottery for a pre-reading notice based on newly acquired start information. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 may be able to continuously perform the pre-reading notice that is being executed and the prefetching notice that is based on the new start information. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 can execute continuous pre-reading notice for start information that was not won at the start of the pre-reading notice that is being executed. There may be a case where the prefetch notice notification can be continued over a number of special figure variable games.

(11) The pachinko machine 100,
Game control means (for example, main control unit 300, main control unit main processing) for starting game control based on the input of a predetermined activation signal;
Electric system abnormality signal output means (for example, a voltage monitoring circuit 338 or a main control unit main) that outputs an electric system abnormality signal (for example, a low voltage signal) indicating that there is an abnormality in the electric system for operating the game control means. Step S105) in the process;
Game control information storage means (for example, RAM 308) for storing information related to game control when the electrical system abnormality signal is output;
The game control stored in the game control information storage means in the control state when the electrical system abnormality signal is output based on the activation signal being input after the electrical system abnormality signal is output Control state return means (for example, step S111 in the main process of the main control unit) for returning based on information (for example, a value of a stack pointer or a register value),
When the control state return means outputs the electrical system abnormality signal in a state where the advance notice is performed (for example, the state shown in FIG. 37 (f)), and then the start signal is input. The prior notice notification that has been performed until the electrical system abnormality signal is output is regulated (for example, the state shown in FIG. 39).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, there are cases where it is easy for a player or a store clerk to recognize that power has been restored by regulating the advance notice that has been implemented.

(12) The pachinko machine 100,
As the start area, a first start area (for example, special figure 1 start port 230) and a second start area (for example, special figure 2 start port 232),
The starting information storage means stores the starting information derived by the starting information deriving means up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, four) based on the game ball entering the first starting area. One starting information storage means (for example, the special figure 1 random value storage area provided in the RAM 308);
Second start information storage means (for storing up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, four) of start information derived by the start information deriving means based on the game ball entering the second start area ( For example, a special figure 2 random value storage area provided in the RAM 308)
When the start information is stored in both of the first start information storage means and the second start information storage means, the start information acquisition means reads from the second start information storage means. When starting information is acquired, and when the starting information is stored in one of the first starting information storage means and the second starting information storage means, the starting information is stored. Starting information is obtained from the information storage means,
The symbol variation display subject to the advance notice is a symbol variation display based on the first start information (for example, symbol variation stop display shown in FIGS. 37 and 38), and the symbol variation display is executed. When the prior notice notification (for example, the pre-read-only mode image shown in FIGS. 38 (a) and 38 (b)) is being executed during the previous symbol variation display, a game ball is placed in the second starting area. The advance notice notification (for example, any one of the pre-read notice notice image, the pre-read-only mode image, or the hold display image) is regulated when the vehicle enters (for example, in FIG. The mode image is regulated).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, it may be possible to restrict prior notice notification in response to the winning of the special figure 2 starting opening.

(13) The pachinko machine 100,
The prior notice notification is restricted during the symbol variation display corresponding to the start information (for example, the hold display image b1 shown in FIG. 40C) based on the game ball entering the second start area ( For example, it is characterized by the restriction of the prefetch notice image 740 in FIG.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, by restricting the advance notice for the interrupted special figure 2 change, the player is notified that the subject of the advance notice is the symbol fluctuation display related to the special figure 1. It can be easily recognized. For example, in the notice form in which the first prior notice notification counts down the symbol variation display until the symbol variation display that is the target (last) of the prior notice notification, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 has been interrupted. In some cases, a contradiction may occur between the countdown and the symbol variation display subject to the prefetching notice. For this reason, when the fluctuation | variation of special figure 2 interrupts, the interest of a game may be suitably maintained so that the said contradiction may not arise by restricting the 1st prior notice alert | report.

(14) The pachinko machine 100,
The symbol variation display corresponding to the start information based on the fact that the game ball has entered the second start area before the symbol variation display subject to the advance notice is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, the remaining The pre-notice notification is restricted when executed (for example, the pre-read-only mode image in FIG. 38C is restricted).

(15) The pachinko machine 100,
The predetermined number of times is set to the predetermined upper limit number or the number of symbol variation displays that can be executed in advance of the symbol variation display subject to the prior notice.

  Since the advance notice is executed based on the advance judgment, the number of times the upper limit number of the reserved memory is exceeded or the number of times that the advance notice can be implemented only by the fluctuation of the special figure 1 (the first start at the time of the advance judgment). Continuation of the advance notice exceeding the number of start information) stored in the information storage means may not seem to be based on the advance judgment, and there is a risk that it may be difficult to understand for the player. The pachinko machine 100 having the configuration may be able to prevent the danger.

(16) The pachinko machine 100,
The first prior notice notification is the predetermined corresponding to the prior determination result determined to perform the prior notice notification from the latest symbol variation stop display at the time when it is determined to perform the first prior notice notification. Can be executed over the symbol variation stop display based on the start information of the first advance control (for example, step S1704 in the first sub-control unit pre-reading notice process at the time of starting information winning shown in FIG. 29), the first advance notice All the executions of the first prior notice to the symbol variation stop display based on the predetermined start information at the time when the production mode is changed during the notification are controlled.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, if the presentation mode is changed during the pre-reading notice, all the pre-reading notices are lost, so it may be more interesting for the player not to change the presentation mode. The player can select as appropriate.

The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications can be made.
In the pachinko machine 100 according to the above-described embodiment, the effective period of the effect mode change is set from the change start of the special figure change game to the first symbol stop. Thereby, it may be possible to switch the effect mode even during the demonstration. Of course, the effective period may be changed as appropriate. Since the effect button (chance button 136) is also used for other purposes such as reach, it is difficult to overlap the time when the effect button is used by providing an effective period for changing the effect mode in a period different from the period during reach. It may be set as follows.

  Since the pre-reading notice is once regulated, another notice (for example, changing the color of the hold) may be used in combination so that the player can easily recognize the final change (hot fluctuation) of the pre-reading notice.

  In the above-described embodiment, an example in which the pre-reading notice is notified in the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 has been described. However, it is possible to appropriately adopt the pre-reading notice using a lamp, sound, or the like.

  In the above-described embodiment, the pre-reading notice is regulated immediately at the time of switching the effect mode (when the display is switched), but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in the case of a look-ahead notice announcement effect in which a character of Yoshimune and a suitable character play a slash, Yoshimune wins in the notice effect related to the jackpot, and the enemy role wins in the effect related to outage When the last part of the execution period of the notice notification effect is a notice form in which the reliability is suggested, the configuration may be such that only the last part is regulated.

  Although the pachinko machine 100 according to the above-described embodiment is configured to uniformly regulate the prefetch notice notification regardless of the number of fluctuations in the special figure variable game, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, since the final change of the prefetch notice is a hot change, the pachinko machine 100 may be configured not to restrict the prefetch notice even if the effect mode is changed by the final change. As described above, the restriction of the pre-reading notice may be locally changed depending on game characteristics. For example, by executing the process of turning off the pre-reading execution flag before the button effect process 2, the pre-reading notice restriction command is not output (No in step S1606). Depending on the number of fluctuations, it is possible not to regulate the prefetching notice.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the above-described embodiment has a timer in each of the button effect processes 1 and 2, but the present invention is not limited to this. The pachinko machine 100 may be configured to vary the time of the timer for each effect using a timer common to the button effect processes 1 and 2. The change of the timer time for each effect when the button effect processing 1 and 2 timers are shared is processed as follows, for example. When a command including information indicating that the chance button 136 is pressed is transmitted from the main control unit 300 to the first sub control unit 400, the first sub control unit 400 executes the push button notice effect processing. It is determined whether or not the transmission is performed within the period (within a predetermined value of timer 1; for example, within 3 seconds) and within the effective period of the effect mode selection (within the predetermined value of timer 2; for example, within 5 seconds). If the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the command has been transmitted during the period, it determines whether the button notice flag is on or not, and if it is on, sets a common timer as the timer for the button effect processing 1 and turns it off. If it is in the state, the common timer is set as the timer for the button effect process 2. If the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the command has been transmitted during the effective period of the effect mode selection, but not the execution period of the push button notice effect process, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the common timer as the timer for the button effect process 2. .

  Although the pachinko machine 100 according to the above-described embodiment is subject to the pre-read notice notification effect, the normal common notice may also be subject to restriction if it overlaps the effective period of the effect mode change.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment and the pachinko machines 100 according to the examples 2-1 to 2-3 of the second embodiment are similar to the pachinko machine 100 according to the example 2-2. Of course, the configuration may be such that the type of the effect mode after the change can be notified.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the above-described embodiment, the first advance notice and the second advance notice are changed when the start notice is changed even though the trigger is the same start prize (second notice) The first advance notice is executed at the start of the next symbol change, and the appearance timings of the first and second advance notices are different, but the present invention is not limited to this. I can't. For example, the second prior notice notification may appear in the symbol variation display in which the first prior notice notice appears, so that both notices may appear at the same timing.

  The change of the effect mode may be performed in the same manner as a normal notice without operation of the operation means.

  In the above embodiment, the predetermined condition for restricting the pre-reading notice is exemplified by changing the production mode, special figure 2 variable game interruption during special figure 1 pre-reading notice, or power interruption / recovery. Conditions can also be adopted as appropriate.

  As in the case of the second advance notice, the first advance notice may be a mode that can suggest a symbol change display that is a target of the advance notice, such as a countdown notice.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the above embodiment is based on predetermined start information corresponding to a pre-determination result (prefetch result) determined to perform the prefetch notice from the latest symbol variation stop display at the time when it is determined to perform the prefetch notice. The pre-reading notice notification effect can be executed over the symbol variation stop display, and when the rendering mode is changed during execution of the prefetching notice, the prefetching until the symbol variation stop display based on the predetermined start information is performed. You may come to regulate execution of all notices. That is, the pachinko machine 100 may be configured not to execute the resurrection lottery.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, if the presentation mode is changed during the pre-reading notice, all the pre-reading notices are lost, so it may be more interesting for the player not to change the presentation mode. The player can select as appropriate.

In the above embodiment, a pachinko machine is used as an example of a game table, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention is also applicable to a slot machine 1000 as shown in FIG.
The game table according to the present invention corresponds to each reel shown in FIG. 42, “a plurality of types of symbols 1002 and a plurality of reels 1002 that are rotationally driven, a start lever 1004 for instructing rotation of the reels, A stop button 1006 for individually stopping the rotation of the reels, lottery means (lottery prize internal lottery) for determining whether or not internal winning of a plurality of types of winning combinations is successful, and a lottery result of the lottery means The combination of symbols displayed by the reel stop control means (reel stop control processing) that performs stop control for stopping the rotation of the reels and the reels stopped based on the lottery result of the lottery means corresponds to the winning combination. And a determination means (winning determination process) for determining whether or not the symbol combination is predetermined, and when the symbol stop mode is a predetermined winning mode, it corresponds to the predetermined winning mode In addition to payout control means (medal payout process 1008) for performing game medium payout processing for paying out game media to be played, effect means 1010 for executing effects based on the lottery result of the lottery means is provided. A launching device 1014 that launches a ball into the game area 1012, a winning opening 1016 configured to be able to enter a ball launched from the launching device, a detection means 1018 that detects a ball that has entered the winning opening 1016, A payout means 1020 for paying out a ball when the detection means 1018 detects a ball, a variable display device 1022 for variably displaying a predetermined symbol (identification information), and a shutter 1024 movable to a position where the variable display device 1022 is shielded And a movable body 1026 that operates in a predetermined operation mode, and the variable display device 1022 changes the design when the game ball enters the winning opening and wins. It is also suitable for a slot machine 1000 ”which is a presentation device 1010 that produces a game by stopping and displaying the game.

  The game table according to the present invention is shown in FIG. 43 (a). “Insert bills into bill insertion slot 2002, execute lottery based on bet 2004 and start 2006 operation, and display lottery result on lottery result display device 2008. Then, at the time of winning, the number of bonus coins is added to the remaining credit number, and when cashout 2009 is selected, the casino machine 2000 issues a receipt from the receipt issuing machine 2010 with a code corresponding to the remaining credit number. It may be.

  Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 5B, the cellular phone 3000 having a storage unit for storing the electronic data for realizing the present invention, and the electronic data for realizing the present invention as shown in FIG. The present invention may be applied to a portable game machine 4000 having a storage unit for storing the video data and a home video game machine 5000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention.

  More specifically, the mobile phone 3000 in FIG. 5B includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires data related to the game through a mobile phone line, and acquired data about the game (this book And a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

  The portable game machine 4000 in FIG. 6C includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires data related to the game from a predetermined storage medium (DVD or the like), and acquired data related to the game (the present invention). And a control unit for controlling the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit. The home video game machine 5000 in FIG. 6D includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires data related to a game from a predetermined storage medium (DVD or the like), and acquired data ( And a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

  Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 5E, the present invention may be applied to a data server 6000 that stores electronic data for realizing the present invention. In some cases, the electronic data for realizing the present invention is downloaded from the data server 6000 to the home video game machine 5000 shown in FIG.

  In addition, a game can be executed by applying the present invention to a game program that simulates the operation of a real machine such as a pachinko machine for a home game machine. In that case, a DVD-ROM, CD-ROM, FD (flexible disk), or any other recording medium can be used as a recording medium for recording the game program.

Furthermore, the present invention has been described by taking a pachinko machine and a slot machine as examples of game machines, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and may be applied to an arrangement ball game machine, a ball ball game machine, a smart ball, and the like.
The game table of the above embodiment is expressed as follows, for example.
(Appendix 1)
Start information deriving means for deriving start information when a game ball enters the start area;
Correct / incorrect determination means for determining correct / incorrect based on the starting information;
In the case where the result of the success / failure determination is a specific success / failure determination result, the second advantage is different from the first advantage in the first control state where the advantage to the player is the first advantage. Control state transition means for shifting the control state to the second control state,
A symbol display means for performing a symbol variation stop display for displaying the symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the success / failure determination after the symbol is variably displayed;
Notice means for notifying whether or not the success / failure determination means derives the specific determination result;
Multiple types of production modes,
Operation means capable of selecting one production mode from the plurality of types of production modes by a player's operation;
A game machine equipped with
Including the effective period of the production mode selection during the symbol variation stop display,
The game table characterized in that the notice means regulates execution of a specific notice during the symbol variation stop display when the effect mode is changed by operation of the operation means.
(Appendix 2)
The game machine according to appendix 1,
The game table according to claim 1, wherein the notice unit terminates the specific notice executed by the notice unit in the presentation mode before the change when the production mode is changed by an operation of the operation unit.
(Appendix 3)
A game machine according to appendix 1 or 2,
The game table according to claim 1, wherein the specific notice is a notice that can appear during the effective period.
(Appendix 4)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 1 to 3,
The game table according to claim 1, wherein the specific notice is configured in a manner different from each other in the plurality of types of effect modes.
(Appendix 5)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 1 to 4,
The notice means is
During the effective period of the production mode change, it is possible to execute the operation means notice accompanied by the operation of the operation means,
The game table is characterized by restricting the change of the production mode during the effective period of the operation means in the operation means notice.
(Appendix 6)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices 1 to 5,
Starting information storage means capable of storing the starting information up to a predetermined upper limit number;
Prior to the determination of success / failure, the start information pre-reading means for pre-reading the start information stored in the start information storage means;
Corresponding based on the predetermined start information pre-read by the start information pre-reading means before the correct / incorrect determination based on the predetermined start information stored in the start information storage means is performed by the correct / incorrect determination means. Pre-determining means for pre-determining whether or not the non-determining means derives the specific determination result,
The advance notice means, based on the advance determination result, the specific advance notice as the advance notice for pre-notifying whether the success / failure determination means derives the specific success / failure determination result, and the success / failure determination means. A game table that is configured to be executable before the determination of success or failure.
(Appendix 7)
A game stand according to appendix 6,
The notice means is
Over the symbol variation stop display based on the predetermined start information corresponding to the preliminary determination result determined to perform the specific notice from the most recent symbol variation stop display at the time when it is determined that the specific notice is performed. The specific notice can be executed,
When the symbol variation stop display in which the effect mode is changed during the execution of the specific notice is not the symbol variation stop display based on the predetermined start information, the symbol variation stop display next to the symbol variation stop display is performed. A game table configured to be able to execute the specific notice again.
(Appendix 8)
A gaming machine according to appendix 7,
The specific notice has different reliability for each production mode,
The game table according to claim 1, wherein the notice means determines whether or not to execute the specific notice based on the reliability in the effect mode after the change.
(Appendix 9)
Start information storage means capable of storing start information generated based on a game ball entering the start area;
A start hold number notifying means capable of notifying the player of the number of start information stored in the start information storing means by performing one start hold display for one start information;
The start / failure determination means for acquiring start-up information stored in the start-up information storage means, performing a go / no-go determination based on the acquired start-up information, and deriving a go / no-go determination result;
A symbol display means for performing symbol variation display for stopping and displaying a symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the success / failure determination after performing symbol variation display;
A gaming state control means for controlling to a special gaming state after a specific symbol form corresponding to a specific determination result is stopped and displayed on the symbol display means;
Prior notice means capable of executing a prior notice as to whether or not the start information derives the specific determination result before the execution of the symbol variation display based on the start information stored in the start information storage means; ,
Notice means for notifying whether or not the success / failure determination means derives the specific determination result;
Multiple types of production modes,
Operation means capable of selecting one production mode from the plurality of types of production modes by a player's operation;
A game machine equipped with
Including the effective period of the production mode selection during the symbol variation display,
The advance notice changes the first advance notice capable of executing a notice based on the effect mode over a plurality of design change displays until the design change display subject to the advance notice and the start hold display. By doing so, it is possible to execute at least one of the second advance notice that can suggest the symbol variation display subject to the advance notice,
The advance notice means is
The first and second advance notices can be executed at the same time,
The gaming machine, wherein the first advance notice is restricted when the effect mode is changed by an operation of the operation means during the symbol variation display.
(Appendix 10)
A game stand according to appendix 9,
The advance notice means is
The symbol variation display over the symbol variation display based on the start information corresponding to the prior notice determined to perform the first advance notice from the latest symbol change display at the time when the first advance notice is decided to be performed. One advance notice can be executed,
When the symbol variation display in which the effect mode is changed during the execution of the first advance notice is not the symbol variation display based on the start information, the first symbol variation display after the symbol variation display is performed. A game table that is configured so that the advance notice can be executed again.
(Appendix 11)
A gaming machine according to appendix 10, wherein
The first advance notice has different reliability for each production mode,
The game table according to claim 1, wherein the advance notice unit determines whether or not to execute the first advance notice based on the reliability in the effect mode after the change.
(Appendix 12)
Start information storage means capable of storing start information generated based on a game ball entering the start area;
A start hold number notification means capable of displaying one start hold for one start information;
A determination unit for determining whether or not to perform the determination based on the starting information acquired from the starting information storage unit;
A symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display for stopping and displaying a symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the success / failure determination after starting symbol variation;
A game control means for starting a gaming state advantageous to the player after a symbol form corresponding to a specific success / failure determination result among the determination results is stopped and displayed;
Before the symbol display means performs the symbol variation display for stopping and displaying the symbol mode corresponding to the result of the determination of success / failure based on the predetermined start information, the result of the determination of success / failure based on the predetermined start information may be notified in advance. Possible notice means,
Multiple types of production modes,
A game machine equipped with
The notice means can execute a first notice that is a specific notice as the notice,
The notice means can execute a second notice for performing a start hold display different from a normal start hold display as the notice,
The notice means ends the first notice in response to the change of the effect mode during the symbol fluctuation display in which the first notice and the second notice are executed in duplicate, and at least the symbol fluctuation The game table, wherein the first notice is not executed until the display is completed.
(Appendix 13)
A gaming machine according to appendix 12,
The notice means can continuously execute the second notice even if the effect mode is changed during the symbol variation display in which the first notice and the second notice are executed in duplicate. A game stand characterized by
(Appendix 14)
The game stand according to appendix 12 or 13,
The game table according to claim 1, wherein the first notice is a notice related to one or a plurality of the production modes.
(Appendix 15)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 12 to 14,
The game table is characterized in that the notice means can start the second notice for the same start information before the first notice.
(Appendix 16)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 12 to 15,
The advance notice means is capable of executing the advance notice at least in a case where the result of the success / failure determination is the specific success / failure determination result;
The game table characterized in that the notice means can execute the notice in a part of a case where the result of the success / failure determination is not the specific success / failure determination result.
(Appendix 17)
A first display means capable of executing at least symbol variation display;
A second display means capable of at least displaying a plurality of types of hold icons;
A prefetch notice means capable of executing at least a plurality of types of prefetch notice;
Multiple types of production modes,
A game machine equipped with
At least one of the plurality of types of prefetching notices is a first prefetching notice,
At least one of the plurality of types of prefetching notices is a second prefetching notice,
The second display means is capable of informing at least the number of suspensions relating to the execution of the symbol variation display,
The second display means is capable of at least informing the number of hold by the number of the hold icons to be displayed,
At least one of the plurality of types of hold icons is a first hold icon,
At least one of the plurality of types of hold icons is a second hold icon,
The display of the second hold icon by the second display means is at least the second prefetch notice,
The prefetch notice means ends at least the first prefetch notice when the first condition is satisfied,
The first condition is a condition that may be satisfied by changing the presentation mode during the execution of the first prefetch notice and the second prefetch notice.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 18)
The gaming machine according to appendix 17,
At least one of the plurality of types of effect modes is a first effect mode,
At least one of the plurality of types of effect modes is a second effect mode,
The first condition is a condition that may be satisfied by changing from the first effect mode to the second effect mode during execution of the first prefetch notice and the second prefetch notice. is there,
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 19)
The game stand according to appendix 18,
The prefetch notice means is capable of executing at least the first prefetch notice by executing the second effect mode,
The prefetch notice means at least ends the first prefetch notice performed in the first performance mode when the first condition is satisfied.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 20)
The game stand according to appendix 18 or 19,
The first display means is capable of starting symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) after symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”). And
The first symbol variation display is at least executable in the first effect mode,
The second symbol variation display is at least executable in the second effect mode.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 21)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 17 to 20,
The prefetch notice means is to at least continue the second prefetch notice when the first condition is satisfied.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 22)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 17 to 21,
The prefetch notice means is capable of starting the second prefetch notice at least earlier than the first prefetch notice as the prefetch notice corresponding to the same symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 23)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 17 to 22,
The prefetch notice means is capable of at least executing the prefetch notice in at least a part of a case where the result of the determination is a big hit;
The prefetch notice means is capable of at least executing the prefetch notice in at least a part of the case where the result of the determination of success or failure is not a big hit.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 24)
A first display means capable of executing symbol variation display;
A second display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of hold icons;
Prefetching notice means capable of executing multiple types of prefetching notices,
Multiple types of production modes,
A game machine equipped with
The plurality of types of prefetching notices include a first prefetching notice,
The plurality of types of prefetching notices include a second prefetching notice,
The second display means is means capable of informing the number of suspensions related to the execution of the symbol variation display,
The second display means is means capable of informing the number of hold by the number of the hold icons to be displayed,
The plurality of types of hold icons include a first hold icon,
The plurality of types of hold icons include a second hold icon,
The second hold icon is a hold icon displayed as the second prefetch notice,
The plurality of types of effect modes include a first effect mode,
The plurality of types of effect modes include a second effect mode,
Said 2nd production mode is a production mode performed as said 1st prefetch notice,
The prefetch notice means is means for ending the first prefetch notice that has been executed in the first performance mode when the first condition is satisfied,
The first condition is a condition that may be satisfied by changing from the first effect mode to the second effect mode during execution of the first prefetch notice and the second prefetch notice. is there,
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 25)
The gaming machine according to appendix 24,
The first display means can start symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) after symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”). And
The first symbol variation display is a symbol variation display executable in the first effect mode,
The second symbol variation display is a symbol variation display that can be executed in the second effect mode.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 26)
The gaming machine according to appendix 24 or 25,
The prefetch notice means is means for continuing the second prefetch notice when the first condition is satisfied.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 27)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 24 to 26,
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of starting the second prefetching notice earlier than the first prefetching notice as the prefetching notice corresponding to the same symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 28)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 24 to 27,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice in at least a part of a case where the determination result is a big hit.
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice in at least a part of the case where the result of the success / failure determination is not a big hit,
The game machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by that.

100 Pachinko machine 136 Chance button 208 Decorative symbol display device 208a Left symbol display area 208b Middle symbol display area 208c Right symbol display area 208d Effect display areas 208d1, 208d2 Hold display area 226 General winning opening 228 General figure start opening 230 Special figure 1 start Mouth 232 Special figure 2 Start port 234 Variable prize opening 300 Main control unit 400 First sub control unit 500 Second sub control unit 700 Button preview image 710, 720 Pre-read notification image 800 Button notification image 900, 910 Normal common notification image

Claims (5)

A first display means symbol variation display possible execution,
A second display means display a plurality of types of held icons that can run,
A plurality of types of read-ahead notice and executable read-ahead notice means,
Multiple types of production modes,
A game machine equipped with
The plurality of types of read-ahead notice includes a first look-ahead warning,
The plurality of types of read-ahead notice includes a second look-ahead warning,
It said second display means is broadcast knowledge possible means the number of holding about execution of the symbol variation display,
Said second display means is broadcast knowledge possible means the number of the pending by the number of the held icon to be displayed,
The plurality of types of holding icons comprises a first holding icon,
The plurality of types of holding icons comprises a second pending icons,
Said second hold icon, and the second look-ahead warning are held icon that appears,
The plurality of types of effect mode includes the first effect mode,
The plurality of types of effect mode includes a second presentation mode,
The second effect mode is a presentation mode which is executed by said first look-ahead warning,
It said prefetch notice means, when there is established a first condition is the first of the first look-ahead warning final Ryosuru means that was running on the effect mode,
The first condition is a condition that may be satisfied by changing from the first effect mode to the second effect mode during execution of the first prefetch notice and the second prefetch notice. is there,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 1,
The first display means can start symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) after symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”). And
The first symbol variable display is executable a symbol variable display in the first effect mode,
It said second symbol variable display is executable a symbol variable display in the second effect mode,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 1 or 2,
It said prefetch notice means, when there is satisfied the first condition, which is the second continues to means prefetching notice,
A game stand characterized by that. It is a game stand as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 3,
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of starting the second prefetching notice earlier than the first prefetching notice as the prefetching notice corresponding to the same symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that. It is a game stand as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 4,
It said prefetch notifying means is executable means the prefetch notice at least part of the case of spruce determination result becomes big hit,
It said prefetch notifying means is executable means the prefetch notice at least part of the case where the propriety determination result is not a big hit,
The game machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by that.

Images